mirror of
https://github.com/etesync/android
synced 2024-12-01 12:28:37 +00:00
7116 lines
270 KiB
Plaintext
7116 lines
270 KiB
Plaintext
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Network Working Group L. Dusseault, Ed.
|
|||
|
Request for Comments: 4918 CommerceNet
|
|||
|
Obsoletes: 2518 June 2007
|
|||
|
Category: Standards Track
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP Extensions for Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Status of This Memo
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
|
|||
|
Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
|
|||
|
improvements. Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
|
|||
|
Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
|
|||
|
and status of this protocol. Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Copyright Notice
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Copyright (C) The IETF Trust (2007).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Abstract
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) consists of a set
|
|||
|
of methods, headers, and content-types ancillary to HTTP/1.1 for the
|
|||
|
management of resource properties, creation and management of
|
|||
|
resource collections, URL namespace manipulation, and resource
|
|||
|
locking (collision avoidance).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 2518 was published in February 1999, and this specification
|
|||
|
obsoletes RFC 2518 with minor revisions mostly due to
|
|||
|
interoperability experience.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 1]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Table of Contents
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
1. Introduction ....................................................7
|
|||
|
2. Notational Conventions ..........................................8
|
|||
|
3. Terminology .....................................................8
|
|||
|
4. Data Model for Resource Properties .............................10
|
|||
|
4.1. The Resource Property Model ...............................10
|
|||
|
4.2. Properties and HTTP Headers ...............................10
|
|||
|
4.3. Property Values ...........................................10
|
|||
|
4.3.1. Example - Property with Mixed Content ..............12
|
|||
|
4.4. Property Names ............................................14
|
|||
|
4.5. Source Resources and Output Resources .....................14
|
|||
|
5. Collections of Web Resources ...................................14
|
|||
|
5.1. HTTP URL Namespace Model ..................................15
|
|||
|
5.2. Collection Resources ......................................15
|
|||
|
6. Locking ........................................................17
|
|||
|
6.1. Lock Model ................................................18
|
|||
|
6.2. Exclusive vs. Shared Locks ................................19
|
|||
|
6.3. Required Support ..........................................20
|
|||
|
6.4. Lock Creator and Privileges ...............................20
|
|||
|
6.5. Lock Tokens ...............................................21
|
|||
|
6.6. Lock Timeout ..............................................21
|
|||
|
6.7. Lock Capability Discovery .................................22
|
|||
|
6.8. Active Lock Discovery .....................................22
|
|||
|
7. Write Lock .....................................................23
|
|||
|
7.1. Write Locks and Properties ................................24
|
|||
|
7.2. Avoiding Lost Updates .....................................24
|
|||
|
7.3. Write Locks and Unmapped URLs .............................25
|
|||
|
7.4. Write Locks and Collections ...............................26
|
|||
|
7.5. Write Locks and the If Request Header .....................28
|
|||
|
7.5.1. Example - Write Lock and COPY ......................28
|
|||
|
7.5.2. Example - Deleting a Member of a Locked
|
|||
|
Collection .........................................29
|
|||
|
7.6. Write Locks and COPY/MOVE .................................30
|
|||
|
7.7. Refreshing Write Locks ....................................30
|
|||
|
8. General Request and Response Handling ..........................31
|
|||
|
8.1. Precedence in Error Handling ..............................31
|
|||
|
8.2. Use of XML ................................................31
|
|||
|
8.3. URL Handling ..............................................32
|
|||
|
8.3.1. Example - Correct URL Handling .....................32
|
|||
|
8.4. Required Bodies in Requests ...............................33
|
|||
|
8.5. HTTP Headers for Use in WebDAV ............................33
|
|||
|
8.6. ETag ......................................................33
|
|||
|
8.7. Including Error Response Bodies ...........................34
|
|||
|
8.8. Impact of Namespace Operations on Cache Validators ........34
|
|||
|
9. HTTP Methods for Distributed Authoring .........................35
|
|||
|
9.1. PROPFIND Method ...........................................35
|
|||
|
9.1.1. PROPFIND Status Codes ..............................37
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 2]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.1.2. Status Codes for Use in 'propstat' Element .........37
|
|||
|
9.1.3. Example - Retrieving Named Properties ..............38
|
|||
|
9.1.4. Example - Using 'propname' to Retrieve All
|
|||
|
Property Names .....................................39
|
|||
|
9.1.5. Example - Using So-called 'allprop' ................41
|
|||
|
9.1.6. Example - Using 'allprop' with 'include' ...........43
|
|||
|
9.2. PROPPATCH Method ..........................................44
|
|||
|
9.2.1. Status Codes for Use in 'propstat' Element .........44
|
|||
|
9.2.2. Example - PROPPATCH ................................45
|
|||
|
9.3. MKCOL Method ..............................................46
|
|||
|
9.3.1. MKCOL Status Codes .................................47
|
|||
|
9.3.2. Example - MKCOL ....................................47
|
|||
|
9.4. GET, HEAD for Collections .................................48
|
|||
|
9.5. POST for Collections ......................................48
|
|||
|
9.6. DELETE Requirements .......................................48
|
|||
|
9.6.1. DELETE for Collections .............................49
|
|||
|
9.6.2. Example - DELETE ...................................49
|
|||
|
9.7. PUT Requirements ..........................................50
|
|||
|
9.7.1. PUT for Non-Collection Resources ...................50
|
|||
|
9.7.2. PUT for Collections ................................51
|
|||
|
9.8. COPY Method ...............................................51
|
|||
|
9.8.1. COPY for Non-collection Resources ..................51
|
|||
|
9.8.2. COPY for Properties ................................52
|
|||
|
9.8.3. COPY for Collections ...............................52
|
|||
|
9.8.4. COPY and Overwriting Destination Resources .........53
|
|||
|
9.8.5. Status Codes .......................................54
|
|||
|
9.8.6. Example - COPY with Overwrite ......................55
|
|||
|
9.8.7. Example - COPY with No Overwrite ...................55
|
|||
|
9.8.8. Example - COPY of a Collection .....................56
|
|||
|
9.9. MOVE Method ...............................................56
|
|||
|
9.9.1. MOVE for Properties ................................57
|
|||
|
9.9.2. MOVE for Collections ...............................57
|
|||
|
9.9.3. MOVE and the Overwrite Header ......................58
|
|||
|
9.9.4. Status Codes .......................................59
|
|||
|
9.9.5. Example - MOVE of a Non-Collection .................60
|
|||
|
9.9.6. Example - MOVE of a Collection .....................60
|
|||
|
9.10. LOCK Method ..............................................61
|
|||
|
9.10.1. Creating a Lock on an Existing Resource ...........61
|
|||
|
9.10.2. Refreshing Locks ..................................62
|
|||
|
9.10.3. Depth and Locking .................................62
|
|||
|
9.10.4. Locking Unmapped URLs .............................63
|
|||
|
9.10.5. Lock Compatibility Table ..........................63
|
|||
|
9.10.6. LOCK Responses ....................................63
|
|||
|
9.10.7. Example - Simple Lock Request .....................64
|
|||
|
9.10.8. Example - Refreshing a Write Lock .................65
|
|||
|
9.10.9. Example - Multi-Resource Lock Request .............66
|
|||
|
9.11. UNLOCK Method ............................................68
|
|||
|
9.11.1. Status Codes ......................................68
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 3]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.11.2. Example - UNLOCK ..................................69
|
|||
|
10. HTTP Headers for Distributed Authoring ........................69
|
|||
|
10.1. DAV Header ...............................................69
|
|||
|
10.2. Depth Header .............................................70
|
|||
|
10.3. Destination Header .......................................71
|
|||
|
10.4. If Header ................................................72
|
|||
|
10.4.1. Purpose ...........................................72
|
|||
|
10.4.2. Syntax ............................................72
|
|||
|
10.4.3. List Evaluation ...................................73
|
|||
|
10.4.4. Matching State Tokens and ETags ...................74
|
|||
|
10.4.5. If Header and Non-DAV-Aware Proxies ...............74
|
|||
|
10.4.6. Example - No-tag Production .......................75
|
|||
|
10.4.7. Example - Using "Not" with No-tag Production ......75
|
|||
|
10.4.8. Example - Causing a Condition to Always
|
|||
|
Evaluate to True ..................................75
|
|||
|
10.4.9. Example - Tagged List If Header in COPY ...........76
|
|||
|
10.4.10. Example - Matching Lock Tokens with
|
|||
|
Collection Locks .................................76
|
|||
|
10.4.11. Example - Matching ETags on Unmapped URLs ........76
|
|||
|
10.5. Lock-Token Header ........................................77
|
|||
|
10.6. Overwrite Header .........................................77
|
|||
|
10.7. Timeout Request Header ...................................78
|
|||
|
11. Status Code Extensions to HTTP/1.1 ............................78
|
|||
|
11.1. 207 Multi-Status .........................................78
|
|||
|
11.2. 422 Unprocessable Entity .................................78
|
|||
|
11.3. 423 Locked ...............................................78
|
|||
|
11.4. 424 Failed Dependency ....................................79
|
|||
|
11.5. 507 Insufficient Storage .................................79
|
|||
|
12. Use of HTTP Status Codes ......................................79
|
|||
|
12.1. 412 Precondition Failed ..................................79
|
|||
|
12.2. 414 Request-URI Too Long .................................79
|
|||
|
13. Multi-Status Response .........................................80
|
|||
|
13.1. Response Headers .........................................80
|
|||
|
13.2. Handling Redirected Child Resources ......................81
|
|||
|
13.3. Internal Status Codes ....................................81
|
|||
|
14. XML Element Definitions .......................................81
|
|||
|
14.1. activelock XML Element ...................................81
|
|||
|
14.2. allprop XML Element ......................................82
|
|||
|
14.3. collection XML Element ...................................82
|
|||
|
14.4. depth XML Element ........................................82
|
|||
|
14.5. error XML Element ........................................82
|
|||
|
14.6. exclusive XML Element ....................................83
|
|||
|
14.7. href XML Element .........................................83
|
|||
|
14.8. include XML Element ......................................83
|
|||
|
14.9. location XML Element .....................................83
|
|||
|
14.10. lockentry XML Element ...................................84
|
|||
|
14.11. lockinfo XML Element ....................................84
|
|||
|
14.12. lockroot XML Element ....................................84
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 4]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.13. lockscope XML Element ...................................84
|
|||
|
14.14. locktoken XML Element ...................................85
|
|||
|
14.15. locktype XML Element ....................................85
|
|||
|
14.16. multistatus XML Element .................................85
|
|||
|
14.17. owner XML Element .......................................85
|
|||
|
14.18. prop XML Element ........................................86
|
|||
|
14.19. propertyupdate XML Element ..............................86
|
|||
|
14.20. propfind XML Element ....................................86
|
|||
|
14.21. propname XML Element ....................................87
|
|||
|
14.22. propstat XML Element ....................................87
|
|||
|
14.23. remove XML Element ......................................87
|
|||
|
14.24. response XML Element ....................................88
|
|||
|
14.25. responsedescription XML Element .........................88
|
|||
|
14.26. set XML Element .........................................88
|
|||
|
14.27. shared XML Element ......................................89
|
|||
|
14.28. status XML Element ......................................89
|
|||
|
14.29. timeout XML Element .....................................89
|
|||
|
14.30. write XML Element .......................................89
|
|||
|
15. DAV Properties ................................................90
|
|||
|
16. Precondition/Postcondition XML Elements .......................98
|
|||
|
17. XML Extensibility in DAV .....................................101
|
|||
|
18. DAV Compliance Classes .......................................103
|
|||
|
18.1. Class 1 .................................................103
|
|||
|
18.2. Class 2 .................................................103
|
|||
|
18.3. Class 3 .................................................103
|
|||
|
19. Internationalization Considerations ..........................104
|
|||
|
20. Security Considerations ......................................105
|
|||
|
20.1. Authentication of Clients ...............................105
|
|||
|
20.2. Denial of Service .......................................106
|
|||
|
20.3. Security through Obscurity ..............................106
|
|||
|
20.4. Privacy Issues Connected to Locks .......................106
|
|||
|
20.5. Privacy Issues Connected to Properties ..................107
|
|||
|
20.6. Implications of XML Entities ............................107
|
|||
|
20.7. Risks Connected with Lock Tokens ........................108
|
|||
|
20.8. Hosting Malicious Content ...............................108
|
|||
|
21. IANA Considerations ..........................................109
|
|||
|
21.1. New URI Schemes .........................................109
|
|||
|
21.2. XML Namespaces ..........................................109
|
|||
|
21.3. Message Header Fields ...................................109
|
|||
|
21.3.1. DAV ..............................................109
|
|||
|
21.3.2. Depth ............................................110
|
|||
|
21.3.3. Destination ......................................110
|
|||
|
21.3.4. If ...............................................110
|
|||
|
21.3.5. Lock-Token .......................................110
|
|||
|
21.3.6. Overwrite ........................................111
|
|||
|
21.3.7. Timeout ..........................................111
|
|||
|
21.4. HTTP Status Codes .......................................111
|
|||
|
22. Acknowledgements .............................................112
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 5]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
23. Contributors to This Specification ...........................113
|
|||
|
24. Authors of RFC 2518 ..........................................113
|
|||
|
25. References ...................................................114
|
|||
|
25.1. Normative References.....................................114
|
|||
|
25.2. Informative References ..................................115
|
|||
|
Appendix A. Notes on Processing XML Elements ....................117
|
|||
|
A.1. Notes on Empty XML Elements ..............................117
|
|||
|
A.2. Notes on Illegal XML Processing ..........................117
|
|||
|
A.3. Example - XML Syntax Error ...............................117
|
|||
|
A.4. Example - Unexpected XML Element .........................118
|
|||
|
Appendix B. Notes on HTTP Client Compatibility ...................119
|
|||
|
Appendix C. The 'opaquelocktoken' Scheme and URIs ................120
|
|||
|
Appendix D. Lock-null Resources ..................................120
|
|||
|
D.1. Guidance for Clients Using LOCK to Create Resources ......121
|
|||
|
Appendix E. Guidance for Clients Desiring to Authenticate ........121
|
|||
|
Appendix F. Summary of Changes from RFC 2518 .....................123
|
|||
|
F.1. Changes for Both Client and Server Implementations .......123
|
|||
|
F.2. Changes for Server Implementations .......................125
|
|||
|
F.3. Other Changes ............................................126
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 6]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
1. Introduction
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This document describes an extension to the HTTP/1.1 protocol that
|
|||
|
allows clients to perform remote Web content authoring operations.
|
|||
|
This extension provides a coherent set of methods, headers, request
|
|||
|
entity body formats, and response entity body formats that provide
|
|||
|
operations for:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Properties: The ability to create, remove, and query information
|
|||
|
about Web pages, such as their authors, creation dates, etc.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Collections: The ability to create sets of documents and to retrieve
|
|||
|
a hierarchical membership listing (like a directory listing in a file
|
|||
|
system).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Locking: The ability to keep more than one person from working on a
|
|||
|
document at the same time. This prevents the "lost update problem",
|
|||
|
in which modifications are lost as first one author, then another,
|
|||
|
writes changes without merging the other author's changes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Namespace Operations: The ability to instruct the server to copy and
|
|||
|
move Web resources, operations that change the mapping from URLs to
|
|||
|
resources.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Requirements and rationale for these operations are described in a
|
|||
|
companion document, "Requirements for a Distributed Authoring and
|
|||
|
Versioning Protocol for the World Wide Web" [RFC2291].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This document does not specify the versioning operations suggested by
|
|||
|
[RFC2291]. That work was done in a separate document, "Versioning
|
|||
|
Extensions to WebDAV" [RFC3253].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The sections below provide a detailed introduction to various WebDAV
|
|||
|
abstractions: resource properties (Section 4), collections of
|
|||
|
resources (Section 5), locks (Section 6) in general, and write locks
|
|||
|
(Section 7) specifically.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
These abstractions are manipulated by the WebDAV-specific HTTP
|
|||
|
methods (Section 9) and the extra HTTP headers (Section 10) used with
|
|||
|
WebDAV methods. General considerations for handling HTTP requests
|
|||
|
and responses in WebDAV are found in Section 8.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
While the status codes provided by HTTP/1.1 are sufficient to
|
|||
|
describe most error conditions encountered by WebDAV methods, there
|
|||
|
are some errors that do not fall neatly into the existing categories.
|
|||
|
This specification defines extra status codes developed for WebDAV
|
|||
|
methods (Section 11) and describes existing HTTP status codes
|
|||
|
(Section 12) as used in WebDAV. Since some WebDAV methods may
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 7]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
operate over many resources, the Multi-Status response (Section 13)
|
|||
|
has been introduced to return status information for multiple
|
|||
|
resources. Finally, this version of WebDAV introduces precondition
|
|||
|
and postcondition (Section 16) XML elements in error response bodies.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV uses XML ([REC-XML]) for property names and some values, and
|
|||
|
also uses XML to marshal complicated requests and responses. This
|
|||
|
specification contains DTD and text definitions of all properties
|
|||
|
(Section 15) and all other XML elements (Section 14) used in
|
|||
|
marshalling. WebDAV includes a few special rules on extending WebDAV
|
|||
|
XML marshalling in backwards-compatible ways (Section 17).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Finishing off the specification are sections on what it means for a
|
|||
|
resource to be compliant with this specification (Section 18), on
|
|||
|
internationalization support (Section 19), and on security
|
|||
|
(Section 20).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
2. Notational Conventions
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Since this document describes a set of extensions to the HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
protocol, the augmented BNF used herein to describe protocol elements
|
|||
|
is exactly the same as described in Section 2.1 of [RFC2616],
|
|||
|
including the rules about implied linear whitespace. Since this
|
|||
|
augmented BNF uses the basic production rules provided in Section 2.2
|
|||
|
of [RFC2616], these rules apply to this document as well. Note this
|
|||
|
is not the standard BNF syntax used in other RFCs.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
|
|||
|
"SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
|
|||
|
document are to be interpreted as described in [RFC2119].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that in natural language, a property like the "creationdate"
|
|||
|
property in the "DAV:" XML namespace is sometimes referred to as
|
|||
|
"DAV:creationdate" for brevity.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
3. Terminology
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
URI/URL - A Uniform Resource Identifier and Uniform Resource Locator,
|
|||
|
respectively. These terms (and the distinction between them) are
|
|||
|
defined in [RFC3986].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
URI/URL Mapping - A relation between an absolute URI and a resource.
|
|||
|
Since a resource can represent items that are not network
|
|||
|
retrievable, as well as those that are, it is possible for a resource
|
|||
|
to have zero, one, or many URI mappings. Mapping a resource to an
|
|||
|
"http" scheme URI makes it possible to submit HTTP protocol requests
|
|||
|
to the resource using the URI.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 8]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Path Segment - Informally, the characters found between slashes ("/")
|
|||
|
in a URI. Formally, as defined in Section 3.3 of [RFC3986].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Collection - Informally, a resource that also acts as a container of
|
|||
|
references to child resources. Formally, a resource that contains a
|
|||
|
set of mappings between path segments and resources and meets the
|
|||
|
requirements defined in Section 5.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Internal Member (of a Collection) - Informally, a child resource of a
|
|||
|
collection. Formally, a resource referenced by a path segment
|
|||
|
mapping contained in the collection.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Internal Member URL (of a Collection) - A URL of an internal member,
|
|||
|
consisting of the URL of the collection (including trailing slash)
|
|||
|
plus the path segment identifying the internal member.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Member (of a Collection) - Informally, a "descendant" of a
|
|||
|
collection. Formally, an internal member of the collection, or,
|
|||
|
recursively, a member of an internal member.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Member URL (of a Collection) - A URL that is either an internal
|
|||
|
member URL of the collection itself, or is an internal member URL of
|
|||
|
a member of that collection.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Property - A name/value pair that contains descriptive information
|
|||
|
about a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Live Property - A property whose semantics and syntax are enforced by
|
|||
|
the server. For example, the live property DAV:getcontentlength has
|
|||
|
its value, the length of the entity returned by a GET request,
|
|||
|
automatically calculated by the server.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dead Property - A property whose semantics and syntax are not
|
|||
|
enforced by the server. The server only records the value of a dead
|
|||
|
property; the client is responsible for maintaining the consistency
|
|||
|
of the syntax and semantics of a dead property.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Principal - A distinct human or computational actor that initiates
|
|||
|
access to network resources.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
State Token - A URI that represents a state of a resource. Lock
|
|||
|
tokens are the only state tokens defined in this specification.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 9]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
4. Data Model for Resource Properties
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
4.1. The Resource Property Model
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Properties are pieces of data that describe the state of a resource.
|
|||
|
Properties are data about data.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Properties are used in distributed authoring environments to provide
|
|||
|
for efficient discovery and management of resources. For example, a
|
|||
|
'subject' property might allow for the indexing of all resources by
|
|||
|
their subject, and an 'author' property might allow for the discovery
|
|||
|
of what authors have written which documents.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The DAV property model consists of name/value pairs. The name of a
|
|||
|
property identifies the property's syntax and semantics, and provides
|
|||
|
an address by which to refer to its syntax and semantics.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There are two categories of properties: "live" and "dead". A live
|
|||
|
property has its syntax and semantics enforced by the server. Live
|
|||
|
properties include cases where a) the value of a property is
|
|||
|
protected and maintained by the server, and b) the value of the
|
|||
|
property is maintained by the client, but the server performs syntax
|
|||
|
checking on submitted values. All instances of a given live property
|
|||
|
MUST comply with the definition associated with that property name.
|
|||
|
A dead property has its syntax and semantics enforced by the client;
|
|||
|
the server merely records the value of the property verbatim.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
4.2. Properties and HTTP Headers
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Properties already exist, in a limited sense, in HTTP message
|
|||
|
headers. However, in distributed authoring environments, a
|
|||
|
relatively large number of properties are needed to describe the
|
|||
|
state of a resource, and setting/returning them all through HTTP
|
|||
|
headers is inefficient. Thus, a mechanism is needed that allows a
|
|||
|
principal to identify a set of properties in which the principal is
|
|||
|
interested and to set or retrieve just those properties.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
4.3. Property Values
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The value of a property is always a (well-formed) XML fragment.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XML has been chosen because it is a flexible, self-describing,
|
|||
|
structured data format that supports rich schema definitions, and
|
|||
|
because of its support for multiple character sets. XML's self-
|
|||
|
describing nature allows any property's value to be extended by
|
|||
|
adding elements. Clients will not break when they encounter
|
|||
|
extensions because they will still have the data specified in the
|
|||
|
original schema and MUST ignore elements they do not understand.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 10]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XML's support for multiple character sets allows any human-readable
|
|||
|
property to be encoded and read in a character set familiar to the
|
|||
|
user. XML's support for multiple human languages, using the "xml:
|
|||
|
lang" attribute, handles cases where the same character set is
|
|||
|
employed by multiple human languages. Note that xml:lang scope is
|
|||
|
recursive, so an xml:lang attribute on any element containing a
|
|||
|
property name element applies to the property value unless it has
|
|||
|
been overridden by a more locally scoped attribute. Note that a
|
|||
|
property only has one value, in one language (or language MAY be left
|
|||
|
undefined); a property does not have multiple values in different
|
|||
|
languages or a single value in multiple languages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A property is always represented with an XML element consisting of
|
|||
|
the property name, called the "property name element". The simplest
|
|||
|
example is an empty property, which is different from a property that
|
|||
|
does not exist:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<R:title xmlns:R="http://www.example.com/ns/"></R:title>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The value of the property appears inside the property name element.
|
|||
|
The value may be any kind of well-formed XML content, including both
|
|||
|
text-only and mixed content. Servers MUST preserve the following XML
|
|||
|
Information Items (using the terminology from [REC-XML-INFOSET]) in
|
|||
|
storage and transmission of dead properties:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For the property name Element Information Item itself:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[namespace name]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[local name]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[attributes] named "xml:lang" or any such attribute in scope
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[children] of type element or character
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
On all Element Information Items in the property value:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[namespace name]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[local name]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[attributes]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[children] of type element or character
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 11]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
On Attribute Information Items in the property value:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[namespace name]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[local name]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[normalized value]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
On Character Information Items in the property value:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[character code]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Since prefixes are used in some XML vocabularies (XPath and XML
|
|||
|
Schema, for example), servers SHOULD preserve, for any Information
|
|||
|
Item in the value:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[prefix]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XML Infoset attributes not listed above MAY be preserved by the
|
|||
|
server, but clients MUST NOT rely on them being preserved. The above
|
|||
|
rules would also apply by default to live properties, unless defined
|
|||
|
otherwise.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Servers MUST ignore the XML attribute xml:space if present and never
|
|||
|
use it to change whitespace handling. Whitespace in property values
|
|||
|
is significant.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
4.3.1. Example - Property with Mixed Content
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Consider a dead property 'author' created by the client as follows:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<D:prop xml:lang="en" xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<x:author xmlns:x='http://example.com/ns'>
|
|||
|
<x:name>Jane Doe</x:name>
|
|||
|
<!-- Jane's contact info -->
|
|||
|
<x:uri type='email'
|
|||
|
added='2005-11-26'>mailto:jane.doe@example.com</x:uri>
|
|||
|
<x:uri type='web'
|
|||
|
added='2005-11-27'>http://www.example.com</x:uri>
|
|||
|
<x:notes xmlns:h='http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml'>
|
|||
|
Jane has been working way <h:em>too</h:em> long on the
|
|||
|
long-awaited revision of <![CDATA[<RFC2518>]]>.
|
|||
|
</x:notes>
|
|||
|
</x:author>
|
|||
|
</D:prop>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 12]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When this property is requested, a server might return:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<D:prop xmlns:D='DAV:'><author
|
|||
|
xml:lang='en'
|
|||
|
xmlns:x='http://example.com/ns'
|
|||
|
xmlns='http://example.com/ns'
|
|||
|
xmlns:h='http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml'>
|
|||
|
<x:name>Jane Doe</x:name>
|
|||
|
<x:uri added="2005-11-26" type="email"
|
|||
|
>mailto:jane.doe@example.com</x:uri>
|
|||
|
<x:uri added="2005-11-27" type="web"
|
|||
|
>http://www.example.com</x:uri>
|
|||
|
<x:notes>
|
|||
|
Jane has been working way <h:em>too</h:em> long on the
|
|||
|
long-awaited revision of <RFC2518>.
|
|||
|
</x:notes>
|
|||
|
</author>
|
|||
|
</D:prop>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note in this example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o The [prefix] for the property name itself was not preserved, being
|
|||
|
non-significant, whereas all other [prefix] values have been
|
|||
|
preserved,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o attribute values have been rewritten with double quotes instead of
|
|||
|
single quotes (quoting style is not significant), and attribute
|
|||
|
order has not been preserved,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o the xml:lang attribute has been returned on the property name
|
|||
|
element itself (it was in scope when the property was set, but the
|
|||
|
exact position in the response is not considered significant as
|
|||
|
long as it is in scope),
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o whitespace between tags has been preserved everywhere (whitespace
|
|||
|
between attributes not so),
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o CDATA encapsulation was replaced with character escaping (the
|
|||
|
reverse would also be legal),
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o the comment item was stripped (as would have been a processing
|
|||
|
instruction item).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Implementation note: there are cases such as editing scenarios where
|
|||
|
clients may require that XML content is preserved character by
|
|||
|
character (such as attribute ordering or quoting style). In this
|
|||
|
case, clients should consider using a text-only property value by
|
|||
|
escaping all characters that have a special meaning in XML parsing.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 13]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
4.4. Property Names
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A property name is a universally unique identifier that is associated
|
|||
|
with a schema that provides information about the syntax and
|
|||
|
semantics of the property.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Because a property's name is universally unique, clients can depend
|
|||
|
upon consistent behavior for a particular property across multiple
|
|||
|
resources, on the same and across different servers, so long as that
|
|||
|
property is "live" on the resources in question, and the
|
|||
|
implementation of the live property is faithful to its definition.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The XML namespace mechanism, which is based on URIs ([RFC3986]), is
|
|||
|
used to name properties because it prevents namespace collisions and
|
|||
|
provides for varying degrees of administrative control.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The property namespace is flat; that is, no hierarchy of properties
|
|||
|
is explicitly recognized. Thus, if a property A and a property A/B
|
|||
|
exist on a resource, there is no recognition of any relationship
|
|||
|
between the two properties. It is expected that a separate
|
|||
|
specification will eventually be produced that will address issues
|
|||
|
relating to hierarchical properties.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Finally, it is not possible to define the same property twice on a
|
|||
|
single resource, as this would cause a collision in the resource's
|
|||
|
property namespace.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
4.5. Source Resources and Output Resources
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Some HTTP resources are dynamically generated by the server. For
|
|||
|
these resources, there presumably exists source code somewhere
|
|||
|
governing how that resource is generated. The relationship of source
|
|||
|
files to output HTTP resources may be one to one, one to many, many
|
|||
|
to one, or many to many. There is no mechanism in HTTP to determine
|
|||
|
whether a resource is even dynamic, let alone where its source files
|
|||
|
exist or how to author them. Although this problem would usefully be
|
|||
|
solved, interoperable WebDAV implementations have been widely
|
|||
|
deployed without actually solving this problem, by dealing only with
|
|||
|
static resources. Thus, the source vs. output problem is not solved
|
|||
|
in this specification and has been deferred to a separate document.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
5. Collections of Web Resources
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This section provides a description of a type of Web resource, the
|
|||
|
collection, and discusses its interactions with the HTTP URL
|
|||
|
namespace and with HTTP methods. The purpose of a collection
|
|||
|
resource is to model collection-like objects (e.g., file system
|
|||
|
directories) within a server's namespace.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 14]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
All DAV-compliant resources MUST support the HTTP URL namespace model
|
|||
|
specified herein.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
5.1. HTTP URL Namespace Model
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The HTTP URL namespace is a hierarchical namespace where the
|
|||
|
hierarchy is delimited with the "/" character.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
An HTTP URL namespace is said to be consistent if it meets the
|
|||
|
following conditions: for every URL in the HTTP hierarchy there
|
|||
|
exists a collection that contains that URL as an internal member URL.
|
|||
|
The root, or top-level collection of the namespace under
|
|||
|
consideration, is exempt from the previous rule. The top-level
|
|||
|
collection of the namespace under consideration is not necessarily
|
|||
|
the collection identified by the absolute path '/' -- it may be
|
|||
|
identified by one or more path segments (e.g., /servlets/webdav/...)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Neither HTTP/1.1 nor WebDAV requires that the entire HTTP URL
|
|||
|
namespace be consistent -- a WebDAV-compatible resource may not have
|
|||
|
a parent collection. However, certain WebDAV methods are prohibited
|
|||
|
from producing results that cause namespace inconsistencies.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
As is implicit in [RFC2616] and [RFC3986], any resource, including
|
|||
|
collection resources, MAY be identified by more than one URI. For
|
|||
|
example, a resource could be identified by multiple HTTP URLs.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
5.2. Collection Resources
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Collection resources differ from other resources in that they also
|
|||
|
act as containers. Some HTTP methods apply only to a collection, but
|
|||
|
some apply to some or all of the resources inside the container
|
|||
|
defined by the collection. When the scope of a method is not clear,
|
|||
|
the client can specify what depth to apply. Depth can be either zero
|
|||
|
levels (only the collection), one level (the collection and directly
|
|||
|
contained resources), or infinite levels (the collection and all
|
|||
|
contained resources recursively).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A collection's state consists of at least a set of mappings between
|
|||
|
path segments and resources, and a set of properties on the
|
|||
|
collection itself. In this document, a resource B will be said to be
|
|||
|
contained in the collection resource A if there is a path segment
|
|||
|
mapping that maps to B and that is contained in A. A collection MUST
|
|||
|
contain at most one mapping for a given path segment, i.e., it is
|
|||
|
illegal to have the same path segment mapped to more than one
|
|||
|
resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 15]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Properties defined on collections behave exactly as do properties on
|
|||
|
non-collection resources. A collection MAY have additional state
|
|||
|
such as entity bodies returned by GET.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For all WebDAV-compliant resources A and B, identified by URLs "U"
|
|||
|
and "V", respectively, such that "V" is equal to "U/SEGMENT", A MUST
|
|||
|
be a collection that contains a mapping from "SEGMENT" to B. So, if
|
|||
|
resource B with URL "http://example.com/bar/blah" is WebDAV compliant
|
|||
|
and if resource A with URL "http://example.com/bar/" is WebDAV
|
|||
|
compliant, then resource A must be a collection and must contain
|
|||
|
exactly one mapping from "blah" to B.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Although commonly a mapping consists of a single segment and a
|
|||
|
resource, in general, a mapping consists of a set of segments and a
|
|||
|
resource. This allows a server to treat a set of segments as
|
|||
|
equivalent (i.e., either all of the segments are mapped to the same
|
|||
|
resource, or none of the segments are mapped to a resource). For
|
|||
|
example, a server that performs case-folding on segments will treat
|
|||
|
the segments "ab", "Ab", "aB", and "AB" as equivalent. A client can
|
|||
|
then use any of these segments to identify the resource. Note that a
|
|||
|
PROPFIND result will select one of these equivalent segments to
|
|||
|
identify the mapping, so there will be one PROPFIND response element
|
|||
|
per mapping, not one per segment in the mapping.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Collection resources MAY have mappings to non-WebDAV-compliant
|
|||
|
resources in the HTTP URL namespace hierarchy but are not required to
|
|||
|
do so. For example, if resource X with URL
|
|||
|
"http://example.com/bar/blah" is not WebDAV compliant and resource A
|
|||
|
with "URL http://example.com/bar/" identifies a WebDAV collection,
|
|||
|
then A may or may not have a mapping from "blah" to X.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a WebDAV-compliant resource has no WebDAV-compliant internal
|
|||
|
members in the HTTP URL namespace hierarchy, then the WebDAV-
|
|||
|
compliant resource is not required to be a collection.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There is a standing convention that when a collection is referred to
|
|||
|
by its name without a trailing slash, the server MAY handle the
|
|||
|
request as if the trailing slash were present. In this case, it
|
|||
|
SHOULD return a Content-Location header in the response, pointing to
|
|||
|
the URL ending with the "/". For example, if a client invokes a
|
|||
|
method on http://example.com/blah (no trailing slash), the server may
|
|||
|
respond as if the operation were invoked on http://example.com/blah/
|
|||
|
(trailing slash), and should return a Content-Location header with
|
|||
|
the value http://example.com/blah/. Wherever a server produces a URL
|
|||
|
referring to a collection, the server SHOULD include the trailing
|
|||
|
slash. In general, clients SHOULD use the trailing slash form of
|
|||
|
collection names. If clients do not use the trailing slash form the
|
|||
|
client needs to be prepared to see a redirect response. Clients will
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 16]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
find the DAV:resourcetype property more reliable than the URL to find
|
|||
|
out if a resource is a collection.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Clients MUST be able to support the case where WebDAV resources are
|
|||
|
contained inside non-WebDAV resources. For example, if an OPTIONS
|
|||
|
response from "http://example.com/servlet/dav/collection" indicates
|
|||
|
WebDAV support, the client cannot assume that
|
|||
|
"http://example.com/servlet/dav/" or its parent necessarily are
|
|||
|
WebDAV collections.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A typical scenario in which mapped URLs do not appear as members of
|
|||
|
their parent collection is the case where a server allows links or
|
|||
|
redirects to non-WebDAV resources. For instance, "/col/link" might
|
|||
|
not appear as a member of "/col/", although the server would respond
|
|||
|
with a 302 status to a GET request to "/col/link"; thus, the URL
|
|||
|
"/col/link" would indeed be mapped. Similarly, a dynamically-
|
|||
|
generated page might have a URL mapping from "/col/index.html", thus
|
|||
|
this resource might respond with a 200 OK to a GET request yet not
|
|||
|
appear as a member of "/col/".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Some mappings to even WebDAV-compliant resources might not appear in
|
|||
|
the parent collection. An example for this case are servers that
|
|||
|
support multiple alias URLs for each WebDAV-compliant resource. A
|
|||
|
server may implement case-insensitive URLs, thus "/col/a" and
|
|||
|
"/col/A" identify the same resource, yet only either "a" or "A" is
|
|||
|
reported upon listing the members of "/col". In cases where a server
|
|||
|
treats a set of segments as equivalent, the server MUST expose only
|
|||
|
one preferred segment per mapping, consistently chosen, in PROPFIND
|
|||
|
responses.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
6. Locking
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The ability to lock a resource provides a mechanism for serializing
|
|||
|
access to that resource. Using a lock, an authoring client can
|
|||
|
provide a reasonable guarantee that another principal will not modify
|
|||
|
a resource while it is being edited. In this way, a client can
|
|||
|
prevent the "lost update" problem.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This specification allows locks to vary over two client-specified
|
|||
|
parameters, the number of principals involved (exclusive vs. shared)
|
|||
|
and the type of access to be granted. This document defines locking
|
|||
|
for only one access type, write. However, the syntax is extensible,
|
|||
|
and permits the eventual specification of locking for other access
|
|||
|
types.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 17]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
6.1. Lock Model
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This section provides a concise model for how locking behaves. Later
|
|||
|
sections will provide more detail on some of the concepts and refer
|
|||
|
back to these model statements. Normative statements related to LOCK
|
|||
|
and UNLOCK method handling can be found in the sections on those
|
|||
|
methods, whereas normative statements that cover any method are
|
|||
|
gathered here.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
1. A lock either directly or indirectly locks a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
2. A resource becomes directly locked when a LOCK request to a URL
|
|||
|
of that resource creates a new lock. The "lock-root" of the new
|
|||
|
lock is that URL. If at the time of the request, the URL is not
|
|||
|
mapped to a resource, a new empty resource is created and
|
|||
|
directly locked.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
3. An exclusive lock (Section 6.2) conflicts with any other kind of
|
|||
|
lock on the same resource, whether either lock is direct or
|
|||
|
indirect. A server MUST NOT create conflicting locks on a
|
|||
|
resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
4. For a collection that is locked with a depth-infinity lock L, all
|
|||
|
member resources are indirectly locked. Changes in membership of
|
|||
|
such a collection affect the set of indirectly locked resources:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
* If a member resource is added to the collection, the new
|
|||
|
member resource MUST NOT already have a conflicting lock,
|
|||
|
because the new resource MUST become indirectly locked by L.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
* If a member resource stops being a member of the collection,
|
|||
|
then the resource MUST no longer be indirectly locked by L.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
5. Each lock is identified by a single globally unique lock token
|
|||
|
(Section 6.5).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
6. An UNLOCK request deletes the lock with the specified lock token.
|
|||
|
After a lock is deleted, no resource is locked by that lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
7. A lock token is "submitted" in a request when it appears in an
|
|||
|
"If" header (Section 7, "Write Lock", discusses when token
|
|||
|
submission is required for write locks).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
8. If a request causes the lock-root of any lock to become an
|
|||
|
unmapped URL, then the lock MUST also be deleted by that request.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 18]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
6.2. Exclusive vs. Shared Locks
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The most basic form of lock is an exclusive lock. Exclusive locks
|
|||
|
avoid having to deal with content change conflicts, without requiring
|
|||
|
any coordination other than the methods described in this
|
|||
|
specification.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
However, there are times when the goal of a lock is not to exclude
|
|||
|
others from exercising an access right but rather to provide a
|
|||
|
mechanism for principals to indicate that they intend to exercise
|
|||
|
their access rights. Shared locks are provided for this case. A
|
|||
|
shared lock allows multiple principals to receive a lock. Hence any
|
|||
|
principal that has both access privileges and a valid lock can use
|
|||
|
the locked resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With shared locks, there are two trust sets that affect a resource.
|
|||
|
The first trust set is created by access permissions. Principals who
|
|||
|
are trusted, for example, may have permission to write to the
|
|||
|
resource. Among those who have access permission to write to the
|
|||
|
resource, the set of principals who have taken out a shared lock also
|
|||
|
must trust each other, creating a (typically) smaller trust set
|
|||
|
within the access permission write set.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Starting with every possible principal on the Internet, in most
|
|||
|
situations the vast majority of these principals will not have write
|
|||
|
access to a given resource. Of the small number who do have write
|
|||
|
access, some principals may decide to guarantee their edits are free
|
|||
|
from overwrite conflicts by using exclusive write locks. Others may
|
|||
|
decide they trust their collaborators will not overwrite their work
|
|||
|
(the potential set of collaborators being the set of principals who
|
|||
|
have write permission) and use a shared lock, which informs their
|
|||
|
collaborators that a principal may be working on the resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The WebDAV extensions to HTTP do not need to provide all of the
|
|||
|
communications paths necessary for principals to coordinate their
|
|||
|
activities. When using shared locks, principals may use any out-of-
|
|||
|
band communication channel to coordinate their work (e.g., face-to-
|
|||
|
face interaction, written notes, post-it notes on the screen,
|
|||
|
telephone conversation, email, etc.) The intent of a shared lock is
|
|||
|
to let collaborators know who else may be working on a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Shared locks are included because experience from Web-distributed
|
|||
|
authoring systems has indicated that exclusive locks are often too
|
|||
|
rigid. An exclusive lock is used to enforce a particular editing
|
|||
|
process: take out an exclusive lock, read the resource, perform
|
|||
|
edits, write the resource, release the lock. This editing process
|
|||
|
has the problem that locks are not always properly released, for
|
|||
|
example, when a program crashes or when a lock creator leaves without
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 19]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
unlocking a resource. While both timeouts (Section 6.6) and
|
|||
|
administrative action can be used to remove an offending lock,
|
|||
|
neither mechanism may be available when needed; the timeout may be
|
|||
|
long or the administrator may not be available.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A successful request for a new shared lock MUST result in the
|
|||
|
generation of a unique lock associated with the requesting principal.
|
|||
|
Thus, if five principals have taken out shared write locks on the
|
|||
|
same resource, there will be five locks and five lock tokens, one for
|
|||
|
each principal.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
6.3. Required Support
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A WebDAV-compliant resource is not required to support locking in any
|
|||
|
form. If the resource does support locking, it may choose to support
|
|||
|
any combination of exclusive and shared locks for any access types.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The reason for this flexibility is that locking policy strikes to the
|
|||
|
very heart of the resource management and versioning systems employed
|
|||
|
by various storage repositories. These repositories require control
|
|||
|
over what sort of locking will be made available. For example, some
|
|||
|
repositories only support shared write locks, while others only
|
|||
|
provide support for exclusive write locks, while yet others use no
|
|||
|
locking at all. As each system is sufficiently different to merit
|
|||
|
exclusion of certain locking features, this specification leaves
|
|||
|
locking as the sole axis of negotiation within WebDAV.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
6.4. Lock Creator and Privileges
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The creator of a lock has special privileges to use the lock to
|
|||
|
modify the resource. When a locked resource is modified, a server
|
|||
|
MUST check that the authenticated principal matches the lock creator
|
|||
|
(in addition to checking for valid lock token submission).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The server MAY allow privileged users other than the lock creator to
|
|||
|
destroy a lock (for example, the resource owner or an administrator).
|
|||
|
The 'unlock' privilege in [RFC3744] was defined to provide that
|
|||
|
permission.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There is no requirement for servers to accept LOCK requests from all
|
|||
|
users or from anonymous users.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that having a lock does not confer full privilege to modify the
|
|||
|
locked resource. Write access and other privileges MUST be enforced
|
|||
|
through normal privilege or authentication mechanisms, not based on
|
|||
|
the possible obscurity of lock token values.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 20]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
6.5. Lock Tokens
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A lock token is a type of state token that identifies a particular
|
|||
|
lock. Each lock has exactly one unique lock token generated by the
|
|||
|
server. Clients MUST NOT attempt to interpret lock tokens in any
|
|||
|
way.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Lock token URIs MUST be unique across all resources for all time.
|
|||
|
This uniqueness constraint allows lock tokens to be submitted across
|
|||
|
resources and servers without fear of confusion. Since lock tokens
|
|||
|
are unique, a client MAY submit a lock token in an If header on a
|
|||
|
resource other than the one that returned it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When a LOCK operation creates a new lock, the new lock token is
|
|||
|
returned in the Lock-Token response header defined in Section 10.5,
|
|||
|
and also in the body of the response.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Servers MAY make lock tokens publicly readable (e.g., in the DAV:
|
|||
|
lockdiscovery property). One use case for making lock tokens
|
|||
|
readable is so that a long-lived lock can be removed by the resource
|
|||
|
owner (the client that obtained the lock might have crashed or
|
|||
|
disconnected before cleaning up the lock). Except for the case of
|
|||
|
using UNLOCK under user guidance, a client SHOULD NOT use a lock
|
|||
|
token created by another client instance.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This specification encourages servers to create Universally Unique
|
|||
|
Identifiers (UUIDs) for lock tokens, and to use the URI form defined
|
|||
|
by "A Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) URN Namespace"
|
|||
|
([RFC4122]). However, servers are free to use any URI (e.g., from
|
|||
|
another scheme) so long as it meets the uniqueness requirements. For
|
|||
|
example, a valid lock token might be constructed using the
|
|||
|
"opaquelocktoken" scheme defined in Appendix C.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example: "urn:uuid:f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
6.6. Lock Timeout
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A lock MAY have a limited lifetime. The lifetime is suggested by the
|
|||
|
client when creating or refreshing the lock, but the server
|
|||
|
ultimately chooses the timeout value. Timeout is measured in seconds
|
|||
|
remaining until lock expiration.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The timeout counter MUST be restarted if a refresh lock request is
|
|||
|
successful (see Section 9.10.2). The timeout counter SHOULD NOT be
|
|||
|
restarted at any other time.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the timeout expires, then the lock SHOULD be removed. In this
|
|||
|
case the server SHOULD act as if an UNLOCK method was executed by the
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 21]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
server on the resource using the lock token of the timed-out lock,
|
|||
|
performed with its override authority.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Servers are advised to pay close attention to the values submitted by
|
|||
|
clients, as they will be indicative of the type of activity the
|
|||
|
client intends to perform. For example, an applet running in a
|
|||
|
browser may need to lock a resource, but because of the instability
|
|||
|
of the environment within which the applet is running, the applet may
|
|||
|
be turned off without warning. As a result, the applet is likely to
|
|||
|
ask for a relatively small timeout value so that if the applet dies,
|
|||
|
the lock can be quickly harvested. However, a document management
|
|||
|
system is likely to ask for an extremely long timeout because its
|
|||
|
user may be planning on going offline.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A client MUST NOT assume that just because the timeout has expired,
|
|||
|
the lock has immediately been removed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Likewise, a client MUST NOT assume that just because the timeout has
|
|||
|
not expired, the lock still exists. Clients MUST assume that locks
|
|||
|
can arbitrarily disappear at any time, regardless of the value given
|
|||
|
in the Timeout header. The Timeout header only indicates the
|
|||
|
behavior of the server if extraordinary circumstances do not occur.
|
|||
|
For example, a sufficiently privileged user may remove a lock at any
|
|||
|
time, or the system may crash in such a way that it loses the record
|
|||
|
of the lock's existence.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
6.7. Lock Capability Discovery
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Since server lock support is optional, a client trying to lock a
|
|||
|
resource on a server can either try the lock and hope for the best,
|
|||
|
or perform some form of discovery to determine what lock capabilities
|
|||
|
the server supports. This is known as lock capability discovery. A
|
|||
|
client can determine what lock types the server supports by
|
|||
|
retrieving the DAV:supportedlock property.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any DAV-compliant resource that supports the LOCK method MUST support
|
|||
|
the DAV:supportedlock property.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
6.8. Active Lock Discovery
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If another principal locks a resource that a principal wishes to
|
|||
|
access, it is useful for the second principal to be able to find out
|
|||
|
who the first principal is. For this purpose the DAV:lockdiscovery
|
|||
|
property is provided. This property lists all outstanding locks,
|
|||
|
describes their type, and MAY even provide the lock tokens.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any DAV-compliant resource that supports the LOCK method MUST support
|
|||
|
the DAV:lockdiscovery property.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 22]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
7. Write Lock
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This section describes the semantics specific to the write lock type.
|
|||
|
The write lock is a specific instance of a lock type, and is the only
|
|||
|
lock type described in this specification.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
An exclusive write lock protects a resource: it prevents changes by
|
|||
|
any principal other than the lock creator and in any case where the
|
|||
|
lock token is not submitted (e.g., by a client process other than the
|
|||
|
one holding the lock).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Clients MUST submit a lock-token they are authorized to use in any
|
|||
|
request that modifies a write-locked resource. The list of
|
|||
|
modifications covered by a write-lock include:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
1. A change to any of the following aspects of any write-locked
|
|||
|
resource:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
* any variant,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
* any dead property,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
* any live property that is lockable (a live property is
|
|||
|
lockable unless otherwise defined.)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
2. For collections, any modification of an internal member URI. An
|
|||
|
internal member URI of a collection is considered to be modified
|
|||
|
if it is added, removed, or identifies a different resource.
|
|||
|
More discussion on write locks and collections is found in
|
|||
|
Section 7.4.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
3. A modification of the mapping of the root of the write lock,
|
|||
|
either to another resource or to no resource (e.g., DELETE).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Of the methods defined in HTTP and WebDAV, PUT, POST, PROPPATCH,
|
|||
|
LOCK, UNLOCK, MOVE, COPY (for the destination resource), DELETE, and
|
|||
|
MKCOL are affected by write locks. All other HTTP/WebDAV methods
|
|||
|
defined so far -- GET in particular -- function independently of a
|
|||
|
write lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The next few sections describe in more specific terms how write locks
|
|||
|
interact with various operations.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 23]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
7.1. Write Locks and Properties
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
While those without a write lock may not alter a property on a
|
|||
|
resource it is still possible for the values of live properties to
|
|||
|
change, even while locked, due to the requirements of their schemas.
|
|||
|
Only dead properties and live properties defined as lockable are
|
|||
|
guaranteed not to change while write locked.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
7.2. Avoiding Lost Updates
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Although the write locks provide some help in preventing lost
|
|||
|
updates, they cannot guarantee that updates will never be lost.
|
|||
|
Consider the following scenario:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Two clients A and B are interested in editing the resource
|
|||
|
'index.html'. Client A is an HTTP client rather than a WebDAV
|
|||
|
client, and so does not know how to perform locking.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Client A doesn't lock the document, but does a GET, and begins
|
|||
|
editing.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Client B does LOCK, performs a GET and begins editing.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Client B finishes editing, performs a PUT, then an UNLOCK.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Client A performs a PUT, overwriting and losing all of B's changes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There are several reasons why the WebDAV protocol itself cannot
|
|||
|
prevent this situation. First, it cannot force all clients to use
|
|||
|
locking because it must be compatible with HTTP clients that do not
|
|||
|
comprehend locking. Second, it cannot require servers to support
|
|||
|
locking because of the variety of repository implementations, some of
|
|||
|
which rely on reservations and merging rather than on locking.
|
|||
|
Finally, being stateless, it cannot enforce a sequence of operations
|
|||
|
like LOCK / GET / PUT / UNLOCK.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV servers that support locking can reduce the likelihood that
|
|||
|
clients will accidentally overwrite each other's changes by requiring
|
|||
|
clients to lock resources before modifying them. Such servers would
|
|||
|
effectively prevent HTTP 1.0 and HTTP 1.1 clients from modifying
|
|||
|
resources.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV clients can be good citizens by using a lock / retrieve /
|
|||
|
write /unlock sequence of operations (at least by default) whenever
|
|||
|
they interact with a WebDAV server that supports locking.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 24]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP 1.1 clients can be good citizens, avoiding overwriting other
|
|||
|
clients' changes, by using entity tags in If-Match headers with any
|
|||
|
requests that would modify resources.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Information managers may attempt to prevent overwrites by
|
|||
|
implementing client-side procedures requiring locking before
|
|||
|
modifying WebDAV resources.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
7.3. Write Locks and Unmapped URLs
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV provides the ability to send a LOCK request to an unmapped URL
|
|||
|
in order to reserve the name for use. This is a simple way to avoid
|
|||
|
the lost-update problem on the creation of a new resource (another
|
|||
|
way is to use If-None-Match header specified in Section 14.26 of
|
|||
|
[RFC2616]). It has the side benefit of locking the new resource
|
|||
|
immediately for use of the creator.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that the lost-update problem is not an issue for collections
|
|||
|
because MKCOL can only be used to create a collection, not to
|
|||
|
overwrite an existing collection. When trying to lock a collection
|
|||
|
upon creation, clients can attempt to increase the likelihood of
|
|||
|
getting the lock by pipelining the MKCOL and LOCK requests together
|
|||
|
(but because this doesn't convert two separate operations into one
|
|||
|
atomic operation, there's no guarantee this will work).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A successful lock request to an unmapped URL MUST result in the
|
|||
|
creation of a locked (non-collection) resource with empty content.
|
|||
|
Subsequently, a successful PUT request (with the correct lock token)
|
|||
|
provides the content for the resource. Note that the LOCK request
|
|||
|
has no mechanism for the client to provide Content-Type or Content-
|
|||
|
Language, thus the server will use defaults or empty values and rely
|
|||
|
on the subsequent PUT request for correct values.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A resource created with a LOCK is empty but otherwise behaves in
|
|||
|
every way as a normal resource. It behaves the same way as a
|
|||
|
resource created by a PUT request with an empty body (and where a
|
|||
|
Content-Type and Content-Language was not specified), followed by a
|
|||
|
LOCK request to the same resource. Following from this model, a
|
|||
|
locked empty resource:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Can be read, deleted, moved, and copied, and in all ways behaves
|
|||
|
as a regular non-collection resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Appears as a member of its parent collection.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o SHOULD NOT disappear when its lock goes away (clients must
|
|||
|
therefore be responsible for cleaning up their own mess, as with
|
|||
|
any other operation or any non-empty resource).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 25]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o MAY NOT have values for properties like DAV:getcontentlanguage
|
|||
|
that haven't been specified yet by the client.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Can be updated (have content added) with a PUT request.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o MUST NOT be converted into a collection. The server MUST fail a
|
|||
|
MKCOL request (as it would with a MKCOL request to any existing
|
|||
|
non-collection resource).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o MUST have defined values for DAV:lockdiscovery and DAV:
|
|||
|
supportedlock properties.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o The response MUST indicate that a resource was created, by use of
|
|||
|
the "201 Created" response code (a LOCK request to an existing
|
|||
|
resource instead will result in 200 OK). The body must still
|
|||
|
include the DAV:lockdiscovery property, as with a LOCK request to
|
|||
|
an existing resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The client is expected to update the locked empty resource shortly
|
|||
|
after locking it, using PUT and possibly PROPPATCH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Alternatively and for backwards compatibility to [RFC2518], servers
|
|||
|
MAY implement Lock-Null Resources (LNRs) instead (see definition in
|
|||
|
Appendix D). Clients can easily interoperate both with servers that
|
|||
|
support the old model LNRs and the recommended model of "locked empty
|
|||
|
resources" by only attempting PUT after a LOCK to an unmapped URL,
|
|||
|
not MKCOL or GET, and by not relying on specific properties of LNRs.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
7.4. Write Locks and Collections
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There are two kinds of collection write locks. A depth-0 write lock
|
|||
|
on a collection protects the collection properties plus the internal
|
|||
|
member URLs of that one collection, while not protecting the content
|
|||
|
or properties of member resources (if the collection itself has any
|
|||
|
entity bodies, those are also protected). A depth-infinity write
|
|||
|
lock on a collection provides the same protection on that collection
|
|||
|
and also provides write lock protection on every member resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Expressed otherwise, a write lock of either kind protects any request
|
|||
|
that would create a new resource in a write locked collection, any
|
|||
|
request that would remove an internal member URL of a write locked
|
|||
|
collection, and any request that would change the segment name of any
|
|||
|
internal member.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Thus, a collection write lock protects all the following actions:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o DELETE a collection's direct internal member,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 26]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o MOVE an internal member out of the collection,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o MOVE an internal member into the collection,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o MOVE to rename an internal member within a collection,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o COPY an internal member into a collection, and
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o PUT or MKCOL request that would create a new internal member.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The collection's lock token is required in addition to the lock token
|
|||
|
on the internal member itself, if it is locked separately.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In addition, a depth-infinity lock affects all write operations to
|
|||
|
all members of the locked collection. With a depth-infinity lock,
|
|||
|
the resource identified by the root of the lock is directly locked,
|
|||
|
and all its members are indirectly locked.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Any new resource added as a descendant of a depth-infinity locked
|
|||
|
collection becomes indirectly locked.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Any indirectly locked resource moved out of the locked collection
|
|||
|
into an unlocked collection is thereafter unlocked.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Any indirectly locked resource moved out of a locked source
|
|||
|
collection into a depth-infinity locked target collection remains
|
|||
|
indirectly locked but is now protected by the lock on the target
|
|||
|
collection (the target collection's lock token will thereafter be
|
|||
|
required to make further changes).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a depth-infinity write LOCK request is issued to a collection
|
|||
|
containing member URLs identifying resources that are currently
|
|||
|
locked in a manner that conflicts with the new lock (see Section 6.1,
|
|||
|
point 3), the request MUST fail with a 423 (Locked) status code, and
|
|||
|
the response SHOULD contain the 'no-conflicting-lock' precondition.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a lock request causes the URL of a resource to be added as an
|
|||
|
internal member URL of a depth-infinity locked collection, then the
|
|||
|
new resource MUST be automatically protected by the lock. For
|
|||
|
example, if the collection /a/b/ is write locked and the resource /c
|
|||
|
is moved to /a/b/c, then resource /a/b/c will be added to the write
|
|||
|
lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 27]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
7.5. Write Locks and the If Request Header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A user agent has to demonstrate knowledge of a lock when requesting
|
|||
|
an operation on a locked resource. Otherwise, the following scenario
|
|||
|
might occur. In the scenario, program A, run by User A, takes out a
|
|||
|
write lock on a resource. Program B, also run by User A, has no
|
|||
|
knowledge of the lock taken out by program A, yet performs a PUT to
|
|||
|
the locked resource. In this scenario, the PUT succeeds because
|
|||
|
locks are associated with a principal, not a program, and thus
|
|||
|
program B, because it is acting with principal A's credential, is
|
|||
|
allowed to perform the PUT. However, had program B known about the
|
|||
|
lock, it would not have overwritten the resource, preferring instead
|
|||
|
to present a dialog box describing the conflict to the user. Due to
|
|||
|
this scenario, a mechanism is needed to prevent different programs
|
|||
|
from accidentally ignoring locks taken out by other programs with the
|
|||
|
same authorization.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In order to prevent these collisions, a lock token MUST be submitted
|
|||
|
by an authorized principal for all locked resources that a method may
|
|||
|
change or the method MUST fail. A lock token is submitted when it
|
|||
|
appears in an If header. For example, if a resource is to be moved
|
|||
|
and both the source and destination are locked, then two lock tokens
|
|||
|
must be submitted in the If header, one for the source and the other
|
|||
|
for the destination.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
7.5.1. Example - Write Lock and COPY
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY /~fielding/index.html HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Destination: http://www.example.com/users/f/fielding/index.html
|
|||
|
If: <http://www.example.com/users/f/fielding/index.html>
|
|||
|
(<urn:uuid:f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6>)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 204 No Content
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, even though both the source and destination are
|
|||
|
locked, only one lock token must be submitted (the one for the lock
|
|||
|
on the destination). This is because the source resource is not
|
|||
|
modified by a COPY, and hence unaffected by the write lock. In this
|
|||
|
example, user agent authentication has previously occurred via a
|
|||
|
mechanism outside the scope of the HTTP protocol, in the underlying
|
|||
|
transport layer.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 28]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
7.5.2. Example - Deleting a Member of a Locked Collection
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Consider a collection "/locked" with an exclusive, depth-infinity
|
|||
|
write lock, and an attempt to delete an internal member "/locked/
|
|||
|
member":
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DELETE /locked/member HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: example.com
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 423 Locked
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:error xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:lock-token-submitted>
|
|||
|
<D:href>/locked/</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:lock-token-submitted>
|
|||
|
</D:error>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Thus, the client would need to submit the lock token with the request
|
|||
|
to make it succeed. To do that, various forms of the If header (see
|
|||
|
Section 10.4) could be used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
"No-Tag-List" format:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If: (<urn:uuid:150852e2-3847-42d5-8cbe-0f4f296f26cf>)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
"Tagged-List" format, for "http://example.com/locked/":
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If: <http://example.com/locked/>
|
|||
|
(<urn:uuid:150852e2-3847-42d5-8cbe-0f4f296f26cf>)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
"Tagged-List" format, for "http://example.com/locked/member":
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If: <http://example.com/locked/member>
|
|||
|
(<urn:uuid:150852e2-3847-42d5-8cbe-0f4f296f26cf>)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that, for the purpose of submitting the lock token, the actual
|
|||
|
form doesn't matter; what's relevant is that the lock token appears
|
|||
|
in the If header, and that the If header itself evaluates to true.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 29]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
7.6. Write Locks and COPY/MOVE
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A COPY method invocation MUST NOT duplicate any write locks active on
|
|||
|
the source. However, as previously noted, if the COPY copies the
|
|||
|
resource into a collection that is locked with a depth-infinity lock,
|
|||
|
then the resource will be added to the lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A successful MOVE request on a write locked resource MUST NOT move
|
|||
|
the write lock with the resource. However, if there is an existing
|
|||
|
lock at the destination, the server MUST add the moved resource to
|
|||
|
the destination lock scope. For example, if the MOVE makes the
|
|||
|
resource a child of a collection that has a depth-infinity lock, then
|
|||
|
the resource will be added to that collection's lock. Additionally,
|
|||
|
if a resource with a depth-infinity lock is moved to a destination
|
|||
|
that is within the scope of the same lock (e.g., within the URL
|
|||
|
namespace tree covered by the lock), the moved resource will again be
|
|||
|
added to the lock. In both these examples, as specified in
|
|||
|
Section 7.5, an If header must be submitted containing a lock token
|
|||
|
for both the source and destination.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
7.7. Refreshing Write Locks
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A client MUST NOT submit the same write lock request twice. Note
|
|||
|
that a client is always aware it is resubmitting the same lock
|
|||
|
request because it must include the lock token in the If header in
|
|||
|
order to make the request for a resource that is already locked.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
However, a client may submit a LOCK request with an If header but
|
|||
|
without a body. A server receiving a LOCK request with no body MUST
|
|||
|
NOT create a new lock -- this form of the LOCK request is only to be
|
|||
|
used to "refresh" an existing lock (meaning, at minimum, that any
|
|||
|
timers associated with the lock MUST be reset).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Clients may submit Timeout headers of arbitrary value with their lock
|
|||
|
refresh requests. Servers, as always, may ignore Timeout headers
|
|||
|
submitted by the client, and a server MAY refresh a lock with a
|
|||
|
timeout period that is different than the previous timeout period
|
|||
|
used for the lock, provided it advertises the new value in the LOCK
|
|||
|
refresh response.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If an error is received in response to a refresh LOCK request, the
|
|||
|
client MUST NOT assume that the lock was refreshed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 30]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
8. General Request and Response Handling
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
8.1. Precedence in Error Handling
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Servers MUST return authorization errors in preference to other
|
|||
|
errors. This avoids leaking information about protected resources
|
|||
|
(e.g., a client that finds that a hidden resource exists by seeing a
|
|||
|
423 Locked response to an anonymous request to the resource).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
8.2. Use of XML
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In HTTP/1.1, method parameter information was exclusively encoded in
|
|||
|
HTTP headers. Unlike HTTP/1.1, WebDAV encodes method parameter
|
|||
|
information either in an XML ([REC-XML]) request entity body, or in
|
|||
|
an HTTP header. The use of XML to encode method parameters was
|
|||
|
motivated by the ability to add extra XML elements to existing
|
|||
|
structures, providing extensibility; and by XML's ability to encode
|
|||
|
information in ISO 10646 character sets, providing
|
|||
|
internationalization support.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In addition to encoding method parameters, XML is used in WebDAV to
|
|||
|
encode the responses from methods, providing the extensibility and
|
|||
|
internationalization advantages of XML for method output, as well as
|
|||
|
input.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When XML is used for a request or response body, the Content-Type
|
|||
|
type SHOULD be application/xml. Implementations MUST accept both
|
|||
|
text/xml and application/xml in request and response bodies. Use of
|
|||
|
text/xml is deprecated.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
All DAV-compliant clients and resources MUST use XML parsers that are
|
|||
|
compliant with [REC-XML] and [REC-XML-NAMES]. All XML used in either
|
|||
|
requests or responses MUST be, at minimum, well formed and use
|
|||
|
namespaces correctly. If a server receives XML that is not well-
|
|||
|
formed, then the server MUST reject the entire request with a 400
|
|||
|
(Bad Request). If a client receives XML that is not well-formed in a
|
|||
|
response, then the client MUST NOT assume anything about the outcome
|
|||
|
of the executed method and SHOULD treat the server as malfunctioning.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that processing XML submitted by an untrusted source may cause
|
|||
|
risks connected to privacy, security, and service quality (see
|
|||
|
Section 20). Servers MAY reject questionable requests (even though
|
|||
|
they consist of well-formed XML), for instance, with a 400 (Bad
|
|||
|
Request) status code and an optional response body explaining the
|
|||
|
problem.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 31]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
8.3. URL Handling
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
URLs appear in many places in requests and responses.
|
|||
|
Interoperability experience with [RFC2518] showed that many clients
|
|||
|
parsing Multi-Status responses did not fully implement the full
|
|||
|
Reference Resolution defined in Section 5 of [RFC3986]. Thus,
|
|||
|
servers in particular need to be careful in handling URLs in
|
|||
|
responses, to ensure that clients have enough context to be able to
|
|||
|
interpret all the URLs. The rules in this section apply not only to
|
|||
|
resource URLs in the 'href' element in Multi-Status responses, but
|
|||
|
also to the Destination and If header resource URLs.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The sender has a choice between two approaches: using a relative
|
|||
|
reference, which is resolved against the Request-URI, or a full URI.
|
|||
|
A server MUST ensure that every 'href' value within a Multi-Status
|
|||
|
response uses the same format.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV only uses one form of relative reference in its extensions,
|
|||
|
the absolute path.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Simple-ref = absolute-URI | ( path-absolute [ "?" query ] )
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The absolute-URI, path-absolute and query productions are defined in
|
|||
|
Sections 4.3, 3.3, and 3.4 of [RFC3986].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Within Simple-ref productions, senders MUST NOT:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o use dot-segments ("." or ".."), or
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o have prefixes that do not match the Request-URI (using the
|
|||
|
comparison rules defined in Section 3.2.3 of [RFC2616]).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Identifiers for collections SHOULD end in a '/' character.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
8.3.1. Example - Correct URL Handling
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Consider the collection http://example.com/sample/ with the internal
|
|||
|
member URL http://example.com/sample/a%20test and the PROPFIND
|
|||
|
request below:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PROPFIND /sample/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: example.com
|
|||
|
Depth: 1
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 32]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this case, the server should return two 'href' elements containing
|
|||
|
either
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o 'http://example.com/sample/' and
|
|||
|
'http://example.com/sample/a%20test', or
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o '/sample/' and '/sample/a%20test'
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that even though the server may be storing the member resource
|
|||
|
internally as 'a test', it has to be percent-encoded when used inside
|
|||
|
a URI reference (see Section 2.1 of [RFC3986]). Also note that a
|
|||
|
legal URI may still contain characters that need to be escaped within
|
|||
|
XML character data, such as the ampersand character.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
8.4. Required Bodies in Requests
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Some of these new methods do not define bodies. Servers MUST examine
|
|||
|
all requests for a body, even when a body was not expected. In cases
|
|||
|
where a request body is present but would be ignored by a server, the
|
|||
|
server MUST reject the request with 415 (Unsupported Media Type).
|
|||
|
This informs the client (which may have been attempting to use an
|
|||
|
extension) that the body could not be processed as the client
|
|||
|
intended.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
8.5. HTTP Headers for Use in WebDAV
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP defines many headers that can be used in WebDAV requests and
|
|||
|
responses. Not all of these are appropriate in all situations and
|
|||
|
some interactions may be undefined. Note that HTTP 1.1 requires the
|
|||
|
Date header in all responses if possible (see Section 14.18,
|
|||
|
[RFC2616]).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The server MUST do authorization checks before checking any HTTP
|
|||
|
conditional header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
8.6. ETag
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP 1.1 recommends the use of ETags rather than modification dates,
|
|||
|
for cache control, and there are even stronger reasons to prefer
|
|||
|
ETags for authoring. Correct use of ETags is even more important in
|
|||
|
a distributed authoring environment, because ETags are necessary
|
|||
|
along with locks to avoid the lost-update problem. A client might
|
|||
|
fail to renew a lock, for example, when the lock times out and the
|
|||
|
client is accidentally offline or in the middle of a long upload.
|
|||
|
When a client fails to renew the lock, it's quite possible the
|
|||
|
resource can still be relocked and the user can go on editing, as
|
|||
|
long as no changes were made in the meantime. ETags are required for
|
|||
|
the client to be able to distinguish this case. Otherwise, the
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 33]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
client is forced to ask the user whether to overwrite the resource on
|
|||
|
the server without even being able to tell the user if it has
|
|||
|
changed. Timestamps do not solve this problem nearly as well as
|
|||
|
ETags.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Strong ETags are much more useful for authoring use cases than weak
|
|||
|
ETags (see Section 13.3.3 of [RFC2616]). Semantic equivalence can be
|
|||
|
a useful concept but that depends on the document type and the
|
|||
|
application type, and interoperability might require some agreement
|
|||
|
or standard outside the scope of this specification and HTTP. Note
|
|||
|
also that weak ETags have certain restrictions in HTTP, e.g., these
|
|||
|
cannot be used in If-Match headers.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that the meaning of an ETag in a PUT response is not clearly
|
|||
|
defined either in this document or in RFC 2616 (i.e., whether the
|
|||
|
ETag means that the resource is octet-for-octet equivalent to the
|
|||
|
body of the PUT request, or whether the server could have made minor
|
|||
|
changes in the formatting or content of the document upon storage).
|
|||
|
This is an HTTP issue, not purely a WebDAV issue.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Because clients may be forced to prompt users or throw away changed
|
|||
|
content if the ETag changes, a WebDAV server SHOULD NOT change the
|
|||
|
ETag (or the Last-Modified time) for a resource that has an unchanged
|
|||
|
body and location. The ETag represents the state of the body or
|
|||
|
contents of the resource. There is no similar way to tell if
|
|||
|
properties have changed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
8.7. Including Error Response Bodies
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP and WebDAV did not use the bodies of most error responses for
|
|||
|
machine-parsable information until the specification for Versioning
|
|||
|
Extensions to WebDAV introduced a mechanism to include more specific
|
|||
|
information in the body of an error response (Section 1.6 of
|
|||
|
[RFC3253]). The error body mechanism is appropriate to use with any
|
|||
|
error response that may take a body but does not already have a body
|
|||
|
defined. The mechanism is particularly appropriate when a status
|
|||
|
code can mean many things (for example, 400 Bad Request can mean
|
|||
|
required headers are missing, headers are incorrectly formatted, or
|
|||
|
much more). This error body mechanism is covered in Section 16.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
8.8. Impact of Namespace Operations on Cache Validators
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that the HTTP response headers "Etag" and "Last-Modified" (see
|
|||
|
[RFC2616], Sections 14.19 and 14.29) are defined per URL (not per
|
|||
|
resource), and are used by clients for caching. Therefore servers
|
|||
|
must ensure that executing any operation that affects the URL
|
|||
|
namespace (such as COPY, MOVE, DELETE, PUT, or MKCOL) does preserve
|
|||
|
their semantics, in particular:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 34]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o For any given URL, the "Last-Modified" value MUST increment every
|
|||
|
time the representation returned upon GET changes (within the
|
|||
|
limits of timestamp resolution).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o For any given URL, an "ETag" value MUST NOT be reused for
|
|||
|
different representations returned by GET.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In practice this means that servers
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o might have to increment "Last-Modified" timestamps for every
|
|||
|
resource inside the destination namespace of a namespace operation
|
|||
|
unless it can do so more selectively, and
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o similarly, might have to re-assign "ETag" values for these
|
|||
|
resources (unless the server allocates entity tags in a way so
|
|||
|
that they are unique across the whole URL namespace managed by the
|
|||
|
server).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that these considerations also apply to specific use cases, such
|
|||
|
as using PUT to create a new resource at a URL that has been mapped
|
|||
|
before, but has been deleted since then.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Finally, WebDAV properties (such as DAV:getetag and DAV:
|
|||
|
getlastmodified) that inherit their semantics from HTTP headers must
|
|||
|
behave accordingly.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9. HTTP Methods for Distributed Authoring
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.1. PROPFIND Method
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The PROPFIND method retrieves properties defined on the resource
|
|||
|
identified by the Request-URI, if the resource does not have any
|
|||
|
internal members, or on the resource identified by the Request-URI
|
|||
|
and potentially its member resources, if the resource is a collection
|
|||
|
that has internal member URLs. All DAV-compliant resources MUST
|
|||
|
support the PROPFIND method and the propfind XML element
|
|||
|
(Section 14.20) along with all XML elements defined for use with that
|
|||
|
element.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A client MUST submit a Depth header with a value of "0", "1", or
|
|||
|
"infinity" with a PROPFIND request. Servers MUST support "0" and "1"
|
|||
|
depth requests on WebDAV-compliant resources and SHOULD support
|
|||
|
"infinity" requests. In practice, support for infinite-depth
|
|||
|
requests MAY be disabled, due to the performance and security
|
|||
|
concerns associated with this behavior. Servers SHOULD treat a
|
|||
|
request without a Depth header as if a "Depth: infinity" header was
|
|||
|
included.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 35]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A client may submit a 'propfind' XML element in the body of the
|
|||
|
request method describing what information is being requested. It is
|
|||
|
possible to:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Request particular property values, by naming the properties
|
|||
|
desired within the 'prop' element (the ordering of properties in
|
|||
|
here MAY be ignored by the server),
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Request property values for those properties defined in this
|
|||
|
specification (at a minimum) plus dead properties, by using the
|
|||
|
'allprop' element (the 'include' element can be used with
|
|||
|
'allprop' to instruct the server to also include additional live
|
|||
|
properties that may not have been returned otherwise),
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Request a list of names of all the properties defined on the
|
|||
|
resource, by using the 'propname' element.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A client may choose not to submit a request body. An empty PROPFIND
|
|||
|
request body MUST be treated as if it were an 'allprop' request.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that 'allprop' does not return values for all live properties.
|
|||
|
WebDAV servers increasingly have expensively-calculated or lengthy
|
|||
|
properties (see [RFC3253] and [RFC3744]) and do not return all
|
|||
|
properties already. Instead, WebDAV clients can use propname
|
|||
|
requests to discover what live properties exist, and request named
|
|||
|
properties when retrieving values. For a live property defined
|
|||
|
elsewhere, that definition can specify whether or not that live
|
|||
|
property would be returned in 'allprop' requests.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
All servers MUST support returning a response of content type text/
|
|||
|
xml or application/xml that contains a multistatus XML element that
|
|||
|
describes the results of the attempts to retrieve the various
|
|||
|
properties.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If there is an error retrieving a property, then a proper error
|
|||
|
result MUST be included in the response. A request to retrieve the
|
|||
|
value of a property that does not exist is an error and MUST be noted
|
|||
|
with a 'response' XML element that contains a 404 (Not Found) status
|
|||
|
value.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Consequently, the 'multistatus' XML element for a collection resource
|
|||
|
MUST include a 'response' XML element for each member URL of the
|
|||
|
collection, to whatever depth was requested. It SHOULD NOT include
|
|||
|
any 'response' elements for resources that are not WebDAV-compliant.
|
|||
|
Each 'response' element MUST contain an 'href' element that contains
|
|||
|
the URL of the resource on which the properties in the prop XML
|
|||
|
element are defined. Results for a PROPFIND on a collection resource
|
|||
|
are returned as a flat list whose order of entries is not
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 36]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
significant. Note that a resource may have only one value for a
|
|||
|
property of a given name, so the property may only show up once in
|
|||
|
PROPFIND responses.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Properties may be subject to access control. In the case of
|
|||
|
'allprop' and 'propname' requests, if a principal does not have the
|
|||
|
right to know whether a particular property exists, then the property
|
|||
|
MAY be silently excluded from the response.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Some PROPFIND results MAY be cached, with care, as there is no cache
|
|||
|
validation mechanism for most properties. This method is both safe
|
|||
|
and idempotent (see Section 9.1 of [RFC2616]).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.1.1. PROPFIND Status Codes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This section, as with similar sections for other methods, provides
|
|||
|
some guidance on error codes and preconditions or postconditions
|
|||
|
(defined in Section 16) that might be particularly useful with
|
|||
|
PROPFIND.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
403 Forbidden - A server MAY reject PROPFIND requests on collections
|
|||
|
with depth header of "Infinity", in which case it SHOULD use this
|
|||
|
error with the precondition code 'propfind-finite-depth' inside the
|
|||
|
error body.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.1.2. Status Codes for Use in 'propstat' Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In PROPFIND responses, information about individual properties is
|
|||
|
returned inside 'propstat' elements (see Section 14.22), each
|
|||
|
containing an individual 'status' element containing information
|
|||
|
about the properties appearing in it. The list below summarizes the
|
|||
|
most common status codes used inside 'propstat'; however, clients
|
|||
|
should be prepared to handle other 2/3/4/5xx series status codes as
|
|||
|
well.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
200 OK - A property exists and/or its value is successfully returned.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
401 Unauthorized - The property cannot be viewed without appropriate
|
|||
|
authorization.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
403 Forbidden - The property cannot be viewed regardless of
|
|||
|
authentication.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
404 Not Found - The property does not exist.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 37]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.1.3. Example - Retrieving Named Properties
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PROPFIND /file HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Content-type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:propfind xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:prop xmlns:R="http://ns.example.com/boxschema/">
|
|||
|
<R:bigbox/>
|
|||
|
<R:author/>
|
|||
|
<R:DingALing/>
|
|||
|
<R:Random/>
|
|||
|
</D:prop>
|
|||
|
</D:propfind>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:multistatus xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:response xmlns:R="http://ns.example.com/boxschema/">
|
|||
|
<D:href>http://www.example.com/file</D:href>
|
|||
|
<D:propstat>
|
|||
|
<D:prop>
|
|||
|
<R:bigbox>
|
|||
|
<R:BoxType>Box type A</R:BoxType>
|
|||
|
</R:bigbox>
|
|||
|
<R:author>
|
|||
|
<R:Name>J.J. Johnson</R:Name>
|
|||
|
</R:author>
|
|||
|
</D:prop>
|
|||
|
<D:status>HTTP/1.1 200 OK</D:status>
|
|||
|
</D:propstat>
|
|||
|
<D:propstat>
|
|||
|
<D:prop><R:DingALing/><R:Random/></D:prop>
|
|||
|
<D:status>HTTP/1.1 403 Forbidden</D:status>
|
|||
|
<D:responsedescription> The user does not have access to the
|
|||
|
DingALing property.
|
|||
|
</D:responsedescription>
|
|||
|
</D:propstat>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 38]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
</D:response>
|
|||
|
<D:responsedescription> There has been an access violation error.
|
|||
|
</D:responsedescription>
|
|||
|
</D:multistatus>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, PROPFIND is executed on a non-collection resource
|
|||
|
http://www.example.com/file. The propfind XML element specifies the
|
|||
|
name of four properties whose values are being requested. In this
|
|||
|
case, only two properties were returned, since the principal issuing
|
|||
|
the request did not have sufficient access rights to see the third
|
|||
|
and fourth properties.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.1.4. Example - Using 'propname' to Retrieve All Property Names
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PROPFIND /container/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<propfind xmlns="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<propname/>
|
|||
|
</propfind>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<multistatus xmlns="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<response>
|
|||
|
<href>http://www.example.com/container/</href>
|
|||
|
<propstat>
|
|||
|
<prop xmlns:R="http://ns.example.com/boxschema/">
|
|||
|
<R:bigbox/>
|
|||
|
<R:author/>
|
|||
|
<creationdate/>
|
|||
|
<displayname/>
|
|||
|
<resourcetype/>
|
|||
|
<supportedlock/>
|
|||
|
</prop>
|
|||
|
<status>HTTP/1.1 200 OK</status>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 39]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
</propstat>
|
|||
|
</response>
|
|||
|
<response>
|
|||
|
<href>http://www.example.com/container/front.html</href>
|
|||
|
<propstat>
|
|||
|
<prop xmlns:R="http://ns.example.com/boxschema/">
|
|||
|
<R:bigbox/>
|
|||
|
<creationdate/>
|
|||
|
<displayname/>
|
|||
|
<getcontentlength/>
|
|||
|
<getcontenttype/>
|
|||
|
<getetag/>
|
|||
|
<getlastmodified/>
|
|||
|
<resourcetype/>
|
|||
|
<supportedlock/>
|
|||
|
</prop>
|
|||
|
<status>HTTP/1.1 200 OK</status>
|
|||
|
</propstat>
|
|||
|
</response>
|
|||
|
</multistatus>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, PROPFIND is invoked on the collection resource
|
|||
|
http://www.example.com/container/, with a propfind XML element
|
|||
|
containing the propname XML element, meaning the name of all
|
|||
|
properties should be returned. Since no Depth header is present, it
|
|||
|
assumes its default value of "infinity", meaning the name of the
|
|||
|
properties on the collection and all its descendants should be
|
|||
|
returned.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Consistent with the previous example, resource
|
|||
|
http://www.example.com/container/ has six properties defined on it:
|
|||
|
bigbox and author in the "http://ns.example.com/boxschema/"
|
|||
|
namespace, and creationdate, displayname, resourcetype, and
|
|||
|
supportedlock in the "DAV:" namespace.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The resource http://www.example.com/container/index.html, a member of
|
|||
|
the "container" collection, has nine properties defined on it, bigbox
|
|||
|
in the "http://ns.example.com/boxschema/" namespace and creationdate,
|
|||
|
displayname, getcontentlength, getcontenttype, getetag,
|
|||
|
getlastmodified, resourcetype, and supportedlock in the "DAV:"
|
|||
|
namespace.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This example also demonstrates the use of XML namespace scoping and
|
|||
|
the default namespace. Since the "xmlns" attribute does not contain
|
|||
|
a prefix, the namespace applies by default to all enclosed elements.
|
|||
|
Hence, all elements that do not explicitly state the namespace to
|
|||
|
which they belong are members of the "DAV:" namespace.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 40]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.1.5. Example - Using So-called 'allprop'
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that 'allprop', despite its name, which remains for backward-
|
|||
|
compatibility, does not return every property, but only dead
|
|||
|
properties and the live properties defined in this specification.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PROPFIND /container/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Depth: 1
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:propfind xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:allprop/>
|
|||
|
</D:propfind>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:multistatus xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:response>
|
|||
|
<D:href>/container/</D:href>
|
|||
|
<D:propstat>
|
|||
|
<D:prop xmlns:R="http://ns.example.com/boxschema/">
|
|||
|
<R:bigbox><R:BoxType>Box type A</R:BoxType></R:bigbox>
|
|||
|
<R:author><R:Name>Hadrian</R:Name></R:author>
|
|||
|
<D:creationdate>1997-12-01T17:42:21-08:00</D:creationdate>
|
|||
|
<D:displayname>Example collection</D:displayname>
|
|||
|
<D:resourcetype><D:collection/></D:resourcetype>
|
|||
|
<D:supportedlock>
|
|||
|
<D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
<D:lockscope><D:exclusive/></D:lockscope>
|
|||
|
<D:locktype><D:write/></D:locktype>
|
|||
|
</D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
<D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
<D:lockscope><D:shared/></D:lockscope>
|
|||
|
<D:locktype><D:write/></D:locktype>
|
|||
|
</D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
</D:supportedlock>
|
|||
|
</D:prop>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 41]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<D:status>HTTP/1.1 200 OK</D:status>
|
|||
|
</D:propstat>
|
|||
|
</D:response>
|
|||
|
<D:response>
|
|||
|
<D:href>/container/front.html</D:href>
|
|||
|
<D:propstat>
|
|||
|
<D:prop xmlns:R="http://ns.example.com/boxschema/">
|
|||
|
<R:bigbox><R:BoxType>Box type B</R:BoxType>
|
|||
|
</R:bigbox>
|
|||
|
<D:creationdate>1997-12-01T18:27:21-08:00</D:creationdate>
|
|||
|
<D:displayname>Example HTML resource</D:displayname>
|
|||
|
<D:getcontentlength>4525</D:getcontentlength>
|
|||
|
<D:getcontenttype>text/html</D:getcontenttype>
|
|||
|
<D:getetag>"zzyzx"</D:getetag>
|
|||
|
<D:getlastmodified
|
|||
|
>Mon, 12 Jan 1998 09:25:56 GMT</D:getlastmodified>
|
|||
|
<D:resourcetype/>
|
|||
|
<D:supportedlock>
|
|||
|
<D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
<D:lockscope><D:exclusive/></D:lockscope>
|
|||
|
<D:locktype><D:write/></D:locktype>
|
|||
|
</D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
<D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
<D:lockscope><D:shared/></D:lockscope>
|
|||
|
<D:locktype><D:write/></D:locktype>
|
|||
|
</D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
</D:supportedlock>
|
|||
|
</D:prop>
|
|||
|
<D:status>HTTP/1.1 200 OK</D:status>
|
|||
|
</D:propstat>
|
|||
|
</D:response>
|
|||
|
</D:multistatus>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, PROPFIND was invoked on the resource
|
|||
|
http://www.example.com/container/ with a Depth header of 1, meaning
|
|||
|
the request applies to the resource and its children, and a propfind
|
|||
|
XML element containing the allprop XML element, meaning the request
|
|||
|
should return the name and value of all the dead properties defined
|
|||
|
on the resources, plus the name and value of all the properties
|
|||
|
defined in this specification. This example illustrates the use of
|
|||
|
relative references in the 'href' elements of the response.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The resource http://www.example.com/container/ has six properties
|
|||
|
defined on it: 'bigbox' and 'author in the
|
|||
|
"http://ns.example.com/boxschema/" namespace, DAV:creationdate, DAV:
|
|||
|
displayname, DAV:resourcetype, and DAV:supportedlock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 42]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The last four properties are WebDAV-specific, defined in Section 15.
|
|||
|
Since GET is not supported on this resource, the get* properties
|
|||
|
(e.g., DAV:getcontentlength) are not defined on this resource. The
|
|||
|
WebDAV-specific properties assert that "container" was created on
|
|||
|
December 1, 1997, at 5:42:21PM, in a time zone 8 hours west of GMT
|
|||
|
(DAV:creationdate), has a name of "Example collection" (DAV:
|
|||
|
displayname), a collection resource type (DAV:resourcetype), and
|
|||
|
supports exclusive write and shared write locks (DAV:supportedlock).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The resource http://www.example.com/container/front.html has nine
|
|||
|
properties defined on it:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
'bigbox' in the "http://ns.example.com/boxschema/" namespace (another
|
|||
|
instance of the "bigbox" property type), DAV:creationdate, DAV:
|
|||
|
displayname, DAV:getcontentlength, DAV:getcontenttype, DAV:getetag,
|
|||
|
DAV:getlastmodified, DAV:resourcetype, and DAV:supportedlock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The DAV-specific properties assert that "front.html" was created on
|
|||
|
December 1, 1997, at 6:27:21PM, in a time zone 8 hours west of GMT
|
|||
|
(DAV:creationdate), has a name of "Example HTML resource" (DAV:
|
|||
|
displayname), a content length of 4525 bytes (DAV:getcontentlength),
|
|||
|
a MIME type of "text/html" (DAV:getcontenttype), an entity tag of
|
|||
|
"zzyzx" (DAV:getetag), was last modified on Monday, January 12, 1998,
|
|||
|
at 09:25:56 GMT (DAV:getlastmodified), has an empty resource type,
|
|||
|
meaning that it is not a collection (DAV:resourcetype), and supports
|
|||
|
both exclusive write and shared write locks (DAV:supportedlock).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.1.6. Example - Using 'allprop' with 'include'
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PROPFIND /mycol/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Depth: 1
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:propfind xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:allprop/>
|
|||
|
<D:include>
|
|||
|
<D:supported-live-property-set/>
|
|||
|
<D:supported-report-set/>
|
|||
|
</D:include>
|
|||
|
</D:propfind>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 43]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, PROPFIND is executed on the resource
|
|||
|
http://www.example.com/mycol/ and its internal member resources. The
|
|||
|
client requests the values of all live properties defined in this
|
|||
|
specification, plus all dead properties, plus two more live
|
|||
|
properties defined in [RFC3253]. The response is not shown.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.2. PROPPATCH Method
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The PROPPATCH method processes instructions specified in the request
|
|||
|
body to set and/or remove properties defined on the resource
|
|||
|
identified by the Request-URI.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
All DAV-compliant resources MUST support the PROPPATCH method and
|
|||
|
MUST process instructions that are specified using the
|
|||
|
propertyupdate, set, and remove XML elements. Execution of the
|
|||
|
directives in this method is, of course, subject to access control
|
|||
|
constraints. DAV-compliant resources SHOULD support the setting of
|
|||
|
arbitrary dead properties.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The request message body of a PROPPATCH method MUST contain the
|
|||
|
propertyupdate XML element.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Servers MUST process PROPPATCH instructions in document order (an
|
|||
|
exception to the normal rule that ordering is irrelevant).
|
|||
|
Instructions MUST either all be executed or none executed. Thus, if
|
|||
|
any error occurs during processing, all executed instructions MUST be
|
|||
|
undone and a proper error result returned. Instruction processing
|
|||
|
details can be found in the definition of the set and remove
|
|||
|
instructions in Sections 14.23 and 14.26.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a server attempts to make any of the property changes in a
|
|||
|
PROPPATCH request (i.e., the request is not rejected for high-level
|
|||
|
errors before processing the body), the response MUST be a Multi-
|
|||
|
Status response as described in Section 9.2.1.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
|
|||
|
[RFC2616]). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.2.1. Status Codes for Use in 'propstat' Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In PROPPATCH responses, information about individual properties is
|
|||
|
returned inside 'propstat' elements (see Section 14.22), each
|
|||
|
containing an individual 'status' element containing information
|
|||
|
about the properties appearing in it. The list below summarizes the
|
|||
|
most common status codes used inside 'propstat'; however, clients
|
|||
|
should be prepared to handle other 2/3/4/5xx series status codes as
|
|||
|
well.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 44]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
200 (OK) - The property set or change succeeded. Note that if this
|
|||
|
appears for one property, it appears for every property in the
|
|||
|
response, due to the atomicity of PROPPATCH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
403 (Forbidden) - The client, for reasons the server chooses not to
|
|||
|
specify, cannot alter one of the properties.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
403 (Forbidden): The client has attempted to set a protected
|
|||
|
property, such as DAV:getetag. If returning this error, the server
|
|||
|
SHOULD use the precondition code 'cannot-modify-protected-property'
|
|||
|
inside the response body.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
409 (Conflict) - The client has provided a value whose semantics are
|
|||
|
not appropriate for the property.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
424 (Failed Dependency) - The property change could not be made
|
|||
|
because of another property change that failed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
507 (Insufficient Storage) - The server did not have sufficient space
|
|||
|
to record the property.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.2.2. Example - PROPPATCH
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PROPPATCH /bar.html HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:propertyupdate xmlns:D="DAV:"
|
|||
|
xmlns:Z="http://ns.example.com/standards/z39.50/">
|
|||
|
<D:set>
|
|||
|
<D:prop>
|
|||
|
<Z:Authors>
|
|||
|
<Z:Author>Jim Whitehead</Z:Author>
|
|||
|
<Z:Author>Roy Fielding</Z:Author>
|
|||
|
</Z:Authors>
|
|||
|
</D:prop>
|
|||
|
</D:set>
|
|||
|
<D:remove>
|
|||
|
<D:prop><Z:Copyright-Owner/></D:prop>
|
|||
|
</D:remove>
|
|||
|
</D:propertyupdate>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 45]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:multistatus xmlns:D="DAV:"
|
|||
|
xmlns:Z="http://ns.example.com/standards/z39.50/">
|
|||
|
<D:response>
|
|||
|
<D:href>http://www.example.com/bar.html</D:href>
|
|||
|
<D:propstat>
|
|||
|
<D:prop><Z:Authors/></D:prop>
|
|||
|
<D:status>HTTP/1.1 424 Failed Dependency</D:status>
|
|||
|
</D:propstat>
|
|||
|
<D:propstat>
|
|||
|
<D:prop><Z:Copyright-Owner/></D:prop>
|
|||
|
<D:status>HTTP/1.1 409 Conflict</D:status>
|
|||
|
</D:propstat>
|
|||
|
<D:responsedescription> Copyright Owner cannot be deleted or
|
|||
|
altered.</D:responsedescription>
|
|||
|
</D:response>
|
|||
|
</D:multistatus>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, the client requests the server to set the value of
|
|||
|
the "Authors" property in the
|
|||
|
"http://ns.example.com/standards/z39.50/" namespace, and to remove
|
|||
|
the property "Copyright-Owner" in the same namespace. Since the
|
|||
|
Copyright-Owner property could not be removed, no property
|
|||
|
modifications occur. The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code for the
|
|||
|
Authors property indicates this action would have succeeded if it
|
|||
|
were not for the conflict with removing the Copyright-Owner property.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.3. MKCOL Method
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MKCOL creates a new collection resource at the location specified by
|
|||
|
the Request-URI. If the Request-URI is already mapped to a resource,
|
|||
|
then the MKCOL MUST fail. During MKCOL processing, a server MUST
|
|||
|
make the Request-URI an internal member of its parent collection,
|
|||
|
unless the Request-URI is "/". If no such ancestor exists, the
|
|||
|
method MUST fail. When the MKCOL operation creates a new collection
|
|||
|
resource, all ancestors MUST already exist, or the method MUST fail
|
|||
|
with a 409 (Conflict) status code. For example, if a request to
|
|||
|
create collection /a/b/c/d/ is made, and /a/b/c/ does not exist, the
|
|||
|
request must fail.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When MKCOL is invoked without a request body, the newly created
|
|||
|
collection SHOULD have no members.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 46]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A MKCOL request message may contain a message body. The precise
|
|||
|
behavior of a MKCOL request when the body is present is undefined,
|
|||
|
but limited to creating collections, members of a collection, bodies
|
|||
|
of members, and properties on the collections or members. If the
|
|||
|
server receives a MKCOL request entity type it does not support or
|
|||
|
understand, it MUST respond with a 415 (Unsupported Media Type)
|
|||
|
status code. If the server decides to reject the request based on
|
|||
|
the presence of an entity or the type of an entity, it should use the
|
|||
|
415 (Unsupported Media Type) status code.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
|
|||
|
[RFC2616]). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.3.1. MKCOL Status Codes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
|
|||
|
status codes have specific applicability to MKCOL:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
201 (Created) - The collection was created.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
403 (Forbidden) - This indicates at least one of two conditions: 1)
|
|||
|
the server does not allow the creation of collections at the given
|
|||
|
location in its URL namespace, or 2) the parent collection of the
|
|||
|
Request-URI exists but cannot accept members.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
405 (Method Not Allowed) - MKCOL can only be executed on an unmapped
|
|||
|
URL.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
409 (Conflict) - A collection cannot be made at the Request-URI until
|
|||
|
one or more intermediate collections have been created. The server
|
|||
|
MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
415 (Unsupported Media Type) - The server does not support the
|
|||
|
request body type (although bodies are legal on MKCOL requests, since
|
|||
|
this specification doesn't define any, the server is likely not to
|
|||
|
support any given body type).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
507 (Insufficient Storage) - The resource does not have sufficient
|
|||
|
space to record the state of the resource after the execution of this
|
|||
|
method.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.3.2. Example - MKCOL
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This example creates a collection called /webdisc/xfiles/ on the
|
|||
|
server www.example.com.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 47]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MKCOL /webdisc/xfiles/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 201 Created
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.4. GET, HEAD for Collections
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The semantics of GET are unchanged when applied to a collection,
|
|||
|
since GET is defined as, "retrieve whatever information (in the form
|
|||
|
of an entity) is identified by the Request-URI" [RFC2616]. GET, when
|
|||
|
applied to a collection, may return the contents of an "index.html"
|
|||
|
resource, a human-readable view of the contents of the collection, or
|
|||
|
something else altogether. Hence, it is possible that the result of
|
|||
|
a GET on a collection will bear no correlation to the membership of
|
|||
|
the collection.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Similarly, since the definition of HEAD is a GET without a response
|
|||
|
message body, the semantics of HEAD are unmodified when applied to
|
|||
|
collection resources.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.5. POST for Collections
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Since by definition the actual function performed by POST is
|
|||
|
determined by the server and often depends on the particular
|
|||
|
resource, the behavior of POST when applied to collections cannot be
|
|||
|
meaningfully modified because it is largely undefined. Thus, the
|
|||
|
semantics of POST are unmodified when applied to a collection.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.6. DELETE Requirements
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DELETE is defined in [RFC2616], Section 9.7, to "delete the resource
|
|||
|
identified by the Request-URI". However, WebDAV changes some DELETE
|
|||
|
handling requirements.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A server processing a successful DELETE request:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MUST destroy locks rooted on the deleted resource
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MUST remove the mapping from the Request-URI to any resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Thus, after a successful DELETE operation (and in the absence of
|
|||
|
other actions), a subsequent GET/HEAD/PROPFIND request to the target
|
|||
|
Request-URI MUST return 404 (Not Found).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 48]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.6.1. DELETE for Collections
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The DELETE method on a collection MUST act as if a "Depth: infinity"
|
|||
|
header was used on it. A client MUST NOT submit a Depth header with
|
|||
|
a DELETE on a collection with any value but infinity.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DELETE instructs that the collection specified in the Request-URI and
|
|||
|
all resources identified by its internal member URLs are to be
|
|||
|
deleted.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If any resource identified by a member URL cannot be deleted, then
|
|||
|
all of the member's ancestors MUST NOT be deleted, so as to maintain
|
|||
|
URL namespace consistency.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any headers included with DELETE MUST be applied in processing every
|
|||
|
resource to be deleted.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When the DELETE method has completed processing, it MUST result in a
|
|||
|
consistent URL namespace.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If an error occurs deleting a member resource (a resource other than
|
|||
|
the resource identified in the Request-URI), then the response can be
|
|||
|
a 207 (Multi-Status). Multi-Status is used here to indicate which
|
|||
|
internal resources could NOT be deleted, including an error code,
|
|||
|
which should help the client understand which resources caused the
|
|||
|
failure. For example, the Multi-Status body could include a response
|
|||
|
with status 423 (Locked) if an internal resource was locked.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The server MAY return a 4xx status response, rather than a 207, if
|
|||
|
the request failed completely.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
424 (Failed Dependency) status codes SHOULD NOT be in the 207 (Multi-
|
|||
|
Status) response for DELETE. They can be safely left out because the
|
|||
|
client will know that the ancestors of a resource could not be
|
|||
|
deleted when the client receives an error for the ancestor's progeny.
|
|||
|
Additionally, 204 (No Content) errors SHOULD NOT be returned in the
|
|||
|
207 (Multi-Status). The reason for this prohibition is that 204 (No
|
|||
|
Content) is the default success code.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.6.2. Example - DELETE
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DELETE /container/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 49]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<d:multistatus xmlns:d="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<d:response>
|
|||
|
<d:href>http://www.example.com/container/resource3</d:href>
|
|||
|
<d:status>HTTP/1.1 423 Locked</d:status>
|
|||
|
<d:error><d:lock-token-submitted/></d:error>
|
|||
|
</d:response>
|
|||
|
</d:multistatus>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, the attempt to delete
|
|||
|
http://www.example.com/container/resource3 failed because it is
|
|||
|
locked, and no lock token was submitted with the request.
|
|||
|
Consequently, the attempt to delete http://www.example.com/container/
|
|||
|
also failed. Thus, the client knows that the attempt to delete
|
|||
|
http://www.example.com/container/ must have also failed since the
|
|||
|
parent cannot be deleted unless its child has also been deleted.
|
|||
|
Even though a Depth header has not been included, a depth of infinity
|
|||
|
is assumed because the method is on a collection.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.7. PUT Requirements
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.7.1. PUT for Non-Collection Resources
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A PUT performed on an existing resource replaces the GET response
|
|||
|
entity of the resource. Properties defined on the resource may be
|
|||
|
recomputed during PUT processing but are not otherwise affected. For
|
|||
|
example, if a server recognizes the content type of the request body,
|
|||
|
it may be able to automatically extract information that could be
|
|||
|
profitably exposed as properties.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A PUT that would result in the creation of a resource without an
|
|||
|
appropriately scoped parent collection MUST fail with a 409
|
|||
|
(Conflict).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A PUT request allows a client to indicate what media type an entity
|
|||
|
body has, and whether it should change if overwritten. Thus, a
|
|||
|
client SHOULD provide a Content-Type for a new resource if any is
|
|||
|
known. If the client does not provide a Content-Type for a new
|
|||
|
resource, the server MAY create a resource with no Content-Type
|
|||
|
assigned, or it MAY attempt to assign a Content-Type.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 50]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that although a recipient ought generally to treat metadata
|
|||
|
supplied with an HTTP request as authoritative, in practice there's
|
|||
|
no guarantee that a server will accept client-supplied metadata
|
|||
|
(e.g., any request header beginning with "Content-"). Many servers
|
|||
|
do not allow configuring the Content-Type on a per-resource basis in
|
|||
|
the first place. Thus, clients can't always rely on the ability to
|
|||
|
directly influence the content type by including a Content-Type
|
|||
|
request header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.7.2. PUT for Collections
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This specification does not define the behavior of the PUT method for
|
|||
|
existing collections. A PUT request to an existing collection MAY be
|
|||
|
treated as an error (405 Method Not Allowed).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The MKCOL method is defined to create collections.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.8. COPY Method
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The COPY method creates a duplicate of the source resource identified
|
|||
|
by the Request-URI, in the destination resource identified by the URI
|
|||
|
in the Destination header. The Destination header MUST be present.
|
|||
|
The exact behavior of the COPY method depends on the type of the
|
|||
|
source resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
All WebDAV-compliant resources MUST support the COPY method.
|
|||
|
However, support for the COPY method does not guarantee the ability
|
|||
|
to copy a resource. For example, separate programs may control
|
|||
|
resources on the same server. As a result, it may not be possible to
|
|||
|
copy a resource to a location that appears to be on the same server.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
|
|||
|
[RFC2616]). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.8.1. COPY for Non-collection Resources
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When the source resource is not a collection, the result of the COPY
|
|||
|
method is the creation of a new resource at the destination whose
|
|||
|
state and behavior match that of the source resource as closely as
|
|||
|
possible. Since the environment at the destination may be different
|
|||
|
than at the source due to factors outside the scope of control of the
|
|||
|
server, such as the absence of resources required for correct
|
|||
|
operation, it may not be possible to completely duplicate the
|
|||
|
behavior of the resource at the destination. Subsequent alterations
|
|||
|
to the destination resource will not modify the source resource.
|
|||
|
Subsequent alterations to the source resource will not modify the
|
|||
|
destination resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 51]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.8.2. COPY for Properties
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
After a successful COPY invocation, all dead properties on the source
|
|||
|
resource SHOULD be duplicated on the destination resource. Live
|
|||
|
properties described in this document SHOULD be duplicated as
|
|||
|
identically behaving live properties at the destination resource, but
|
|||
|
not necessarily with the same values. Servers SHOULD NOT convert
|
|||
|
live properties into dead properties on the destination resource,
|
|||
|
because clients may then draw incorrect conclusions about the state
|
|||
|
or functionality of a resource. Note that some live properties are
|
|||
|
defined such that the absence of the property has a specific meaning
|
|||
|
(e.g., a flag with one meaning if present, and the opposite if
|
|||
|
absent), and in these cases, a successful COPY might result in the
|
|||
|
property being reported as "Not Found" in subsequent requests.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When the destination is an unmapped URL, a COPY operation creates a
|
|||
|
new resource much like a PUT operation does. Live properties that
|
|||
|
are related to resource creation (such as DAV:creationdate) should
|
|||
|
have their values set accordingly.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.8.3. COPY for Collections
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The COPY method on a collection without a Depth header MUST act as if
|
|||
|
a Depth header with value "infinity" was included. A client may
|
|||
|
submit a Depth header on a COPY on a collection with a value of "0"
|
|||
|
or "infinity". Servers MUST support the "0" and "infinity" Depth
|
|||
|
header behaviors on WebDAV-compliant resources.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
An infinite-depth COPY instructs that the collection resource
|
|||
|
identified by the Request-URI is to be copied to the location
|
|||
|
identified by the URI in the Destination header, and all its internal
|
|||
|
member resources are to be copied to a location relative to it,
|
|||
|
recursively through all levels of the collection hierarchy. Note
|
|||
|
that an infinite-depth COPY of /A/ into /A/B/ could lead to infinite
|
|||
|
recursion if not handled correctly.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A COPY of "Depth: 0" only instructs that the collection and its
|
|||
|
properties, but not resources identified by its internal member URLs,
|
|||
|
are to be copied.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any headers included with a COPY MUST be applied in processing every
|
|||
|
resource to be copied with the exception of the Destination header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Destination header only specifies the destination URI for the
|
|||
|
Request-URI. When applied to members of the collection identified by
|
|||
|
the Request-URI, the value of Destination is to be modified to
|
|||
|
reflect the current location in the hierarchy. So, if the Request-
|
|||
|
URI is /a/ with Host header value http://example.com/ and the
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 52]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Destination is http://example.com/b/, then when
|
|||
|
http://example.com/a/c/d is processed, it must use a Destination of
|
|||
|
http://example.com/b/c/d.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When the COPY method has completed processing, it MUST have created a
|
|||
|
consistent URL namespace at the destination (see Section 5.1 for the
|
|||
|
definition of namespace consistency). However, if an error occurs
|
|||
|
while copying an internal collection, the server MUST NOT copy any
|
|||
|
resources identified by members of this collection (i.e., the server
|
|||
|
must skip this subtree), as this would create an inconsistent
|
|||
|
namespace. After detecting an error, the COPY operation SHOULD try
|
|||
|
to finish as much of the original copy operation as possible (i.e.,
|
|||
|
the server should still attempt to copy other subtrees and their
|
|||
|
members that are not descendants of an error-causing collection).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
So, for example, if an infinite-depth copy operation is performed on
|
|||
|
collection /a/, which contains collections /a/b/ and /a/c/, and an
|
|||
|
error occurs copying /a/b/, an attempt should still be made to copy
|
|||
|
/a/c/. Similarly, after encountering an error copying a non-
|
|||
|
collection resource as part of an infinite-depth copy, the server
|
|||
|
SHOULD try to finish as much of the original copy operation as
|
|||
|
possible.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If an error in executing the COPY method occurs with a resource other
|
|||
|
than the resource identified in the Request-URI, then the response
|
|||
|
MUST be a 207 (Multi-Status), and the URL of the resource causing the
|
|||
|
failure MUST appear with the specific error.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code SHOULD NOT be returned in the
|
|||
|
207 (Multi-Status) response from a COPY method. These responses can
|
|||
|
be safely omitted because the client will know that the progeny of a
|
|||
|
resource could not be copied when the client receives an error for
|
|||
|
the parent. Additionally, 201 (Created)/204 (No Content) status
|
|||
|
codes SHOULD NOT be returned as values in 207 (Multi-Status)
|
|||
|
responses from COPY methods. They, too, can be safely omitted
|
|||
|
because they are the default success codes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.8.4. COPY and Overwriting Destination Resources
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a COPY request has an Overwrite header with a value of "F", and a
|
|||
|
resource exists at the Destination URL, the server MUST fail the
|
|||
|
request.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When a server executes a COPY request and overwrites a destination
|
|||
|
resource, the exact behavior MAY depend on many factors, including
|
|||
|
WebDAV extension capabilities (see particularly [RFC3253]). For
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 53]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
example, when an ordinary resource is overwritten, the server could
|
|||
|
delete the target resource before doing the copy, or could do an in-
|
|||
|
place overwrite to preserve live properties.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When a collection is overwritten, the membership of the destination
|
|||
|
collection after the successful COPY request MUST be the same
|
|||
|
membership as the source collection immediately before the COPY.
|
|||
|
Thus, merging the membership of the source and destination
|
|||
|
collections together in the destination is not a compliant behavior.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In general, if clients require the state of the destination URL to be
|
|||
|
wiped out prior to a COPY (e.g., to force live properties to be
|
|||
|
reset), then the client could send a DELETE to the destination before
|
|||
|
the COPY request to ensure this reset.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.8.5. Status Codes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
|
|||
|
status codes have specific applicability to COPY:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
201 (Created) - The source resource was successfully copied. The
|
|||
|
COPY operation resulted in the creation of a new resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
204 (No Content) - The source resource was successfully copied to a
|
|||
|
preexisting destination resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
207 (Multi-Status) - Multiple resources were to be affected by the
|
|||
|
COPY, but errors on some of them prevented the operation from taking
|
|||
|
place. Specific error messages, together with the most appropriate
|
|||
|
of the source and destination URLs, appear in the body of the multi-
|
|||
|
status response. For example, if a destination resource was locked
|
|||
|
and could not be overwritten, then the destination resource URL
|
|||
|
appears with the 423 (Locked) status.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
403 (Forbidden) - The operation is forbidden. A special case for
|
|||
|
COPY could be that the source and destination resources are the same
|
|||
|
resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
409 (Conflict) - A resource cannot be created at the destination
|
|||
|
until one or more intermediate collections have been created. The
|
|||
|
server MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
412 (Precondition Failed) - A precondition header check failed, e.g.,
|
|||
|
the Overwrite header is "F" and the destination URL is already mapped
|
|||
|
to a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 54]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
423 (Locked) - The destination resource, or resource within the
|
|||
|
destination collection, was locked. This response SHOULD contain the
|
|||
|
'lock-token-submitted' precondition element.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
502 (Bad Gateway) - This may occur when the destination is on another
|
|||
|
server, repository, or URL namespace. Either the source namespace
|
|||
|
does not support copying to the destination namespace, or the
|
|||
|
destination namespace refuses to accept the resource. The client may
|
|||
|
wish to try GET/PUT and PROPFIND/PROPPATCH instead.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
507 (Insufficient Storage) - The destination resource does not have
|
|||
|
sufficient space to record the state of the resource after the
|
|||
|
execution of this method.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.8.6. Example - COPY with Overwrite
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This example shows resource
|
|||
|
http://www.example.com/~fielding/index.html being copied to the
|
|||
|
location http://www.example.com/users/f/fielding/index.html. The 204
|
|||
|
(No Content) status code indicates that the existing resource at the
|
|||
|
destination was overwritten.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY /~fielding/index.html HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Destination: http://www.example.com/users/f/fielding/index.html
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 204 No Content
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.8.7. Example - COPY with No Overwrite
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following example shows the same copy operation being performed,
|
|||
|
but with the Overwrite header set to "F." A response of 412
|
|||
|
(Precondition Failed) is returned because the destination URL is
|
|||
|
already mapped to a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY /~fielding/index.html HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Destination: http://www.example.com/users/f/fielding/index.html
|
|||
|
Overwrite: F
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 55]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 412 Precondition Failed
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.8.8. Example - COPY of a Collection
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY /container/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Destination: http://www.example.com/othercontainer/
|
|||
|
Depth: infinity
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<d:multistatus xmlns:d="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<d:response>
|
|||
|
<d:href>http://www.example.com/othercontainer/R2/</d:href>
|
|||
|
<d:status>HTTP/1.1 423 Locked</d:status>
|
|||
|
<d:error><d:lock-token-submitted/></d:error>
|
|||
|
</d:response>
|
|||
|
</d:multistatus>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Depth header is unnecessary as the default behavior of COPY on a
|
|||
|
collection is to act as if a "Depth: infinity" header had been
|
|||
|
submitted. In this example, most of the resources, along with the
|
|||
|
collection, were copied successfully. However, the collection R2
|
|||
|
failed because the destination R2 is locked. Because there was an
|
|||
|
error copying R2, none of R2's members were copied. However, no
|
|||
|
errors were listed for those members due to the error minimization
|
|||
|
rules.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.9. MOVE Method
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The MOVE operation on a non-collection resource is the logical
|
|||
|
equivalent of a copy (COPY), followed by consistency maintenance
|
|||
|
processing, followed by a delete of the source, where all three
|
|||
|
actions are performed in a single operation. The consistency
|
|||
|
maintenance step allows the server to perform updates caused by the
|
|||
|
move, such as updating all URLs, other than the Request-URI that
|
|||
|
identifies the source resource, to point to the new destination
|
|||
|
resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 56]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Destination header MUST be present on all MOVE methods and MUST
|
|||
|
follow all COPY requirements for the COPY part of the MOVE method.
|
|||
|
All WebDAV-compliant resources MUST support the MOVE method.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Support for the MOVE method does not guarantee the ability to move a
|
|||
|
resource to a particular destination. For example, separate programs
|
|||
|
may actually control different sets of resources on the same server.
|
|||
|
Therefore, it may not be possible to move a resource within a
|
|||
|
namespace that appears to belong to the same server.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a resource exists at the destination, the destination resource
|
|||
|
will be deleted as a side-effect of the MOVE operation, subject to
|
|||
|
the restrictions of the Overwrite header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
|
|||
|
[RFC2616]). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.9.1. MOVE for Properties
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Live properties described in this document SHOULD be moved along with
|
|||
|
the resource, such that the resource has identically behaving live
|
|||
|
properties at the destination resource, but not necessarily with the
|
|||
|
same values. Note that some live properties are defined such that
|
|||
|
the absence of the property has a specific meaning (e.g., a flag with
|
|||
|
one meaning if present, and the opposite if absent), and in these
|
|||
|
cases, a successful MOVE might result in the property being reported
|
|||
|
as "Not Found" in subsequent requests. If the live properties will
|
|||
|
not work the same way at the destination, the server MAY fail the
|
|||
|
request.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MOVE is frequently used by clients to rename a file without changing
|
|||
|
its parent collection, so it's not appropriate to reset all live
|
|||
|
properties that are set at resource creation. For example, the DAV:
|
|||
|
creationdate property value SHOULD remain the same after a MOVE.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dead properties MUST be moved along with the resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.9.2. MOVE for Collections
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A MOVE with "Depth: infinity" instructs that the collection
|
|||
|
identified by the Request-URI be moved to the address specified in
|
|||
|
the Destination header, and all resources identified by its internal
|
|||
|
member URLs are to be moved to locations relative to it, recursively
|
|||
|
through all levels of the collection hierarchy.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The MOVE method on a collection MUST act as if a "Depth: infinity"
|
|||
|
header was used on it. A client MUST NOT submit a Depth header on a
|
|||
|
MOVE on a collection with any value but "infinity".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 57]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any headers included with MOVE MUST be applied in processing every
|
|||
|
resource to be moved with the exception of the Destination header.
|
|||
|
The behavior of the Destination header is the same as given for COPY
|
|||
|
on collections.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When the MOVE method has completed processing, it MUST have created a
|
|||
|
consistent URL namespace at both the source and destination (see
|
|||
|
Section 5.1 for the definition of namespace consistency). However,
|
|||
|
if an error occurs while moving an internal collection, the server
|
|||
|
MUST NOT move any resources identified by members of the failed
|
|||
|
collection (i.e., the server must skip the error-causing subtree), as
|
|||
|
this would create an inconsistent namespace. In this case, after
|
|||
|
detecting the error, the move operation SHOULD try to finish as much
|
|||
|
of the original move as possible (i.e., the server should still
|
|||
|
attempt to move other subtrees and the resources identified by their
|
|||
|
members that are not descendants of an error-causing collection).
|
|||
|
So, for example, if an infinite-depth move is performed on collection
|
|||
|
/a/, which contains collections /a/b/ and /a/c/, and an error occurs
|
|||
|
moving /a/b/, an attempt should still be made to try moving /a/c/.
|
|||
|
Similarly, after encountering an error moving a non-collection
|
|||
|
resource as part of an infinite-depth move, the server SHOULD try to
|
|||
|
finish as much of the original move operation as possible.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If an error occurs with a resource other than the resource identified
|
|||
|
in the Request-URI, then the response MUST be a 207 (Multi-Status),
|
|||
|
and the errored resource's URL MUST appear with the specific error.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code SHOULD NOT be returned in the
|
|||
|
207 (Multi-Status) response from a MOVE method. These errors can be
|
|||
|
safely omitted because the client will know that the progeny of a
|
|||
|
resource could not be moved when the client receives an error for the
|
|||
|
parent. Additionally, 201 (Created)/204 (No Content) responses
|
|||
|
SHOULD NOT be returned as values in 207 (Multi-Status) responses from
|
|||
|
a MOVE. These responses can be safely omitted because they are the
|
|||
|
default success codes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.9.3. MOVE and the Overwrite Header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a resource exists at the destination and the Overwrite header is
|
|||
|
"T", then prior to performing the move, the server MUST perform a
|
|||
|
DELETE with "Depth: infinity" on the destination resource. If the
|
|||
|
Overwrite header is set to "F", then the operation will fail.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 58]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.9.4. Status Codes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
|
|||
|
status codes have specific applicability to MOVE:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
201 (Created) - The source resource was successfully moved, and a new
|
|||
|
URL mapping was created at the destination.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
204 (No Content) - The source resource was successfully moved to a
|
|||
|
URL that was already mapped.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
207 (Multi-Status) - Multiple resources were to be affected by the
|
|||
|
MOVE, but errors on some of them prevented the operation from taking
|
|||
|
place. Specific error messages, together with the most appropriate
|
|||
|
of the source and destination URLs, appear in the body of the multi-
|
|||
|
status response. For example, if a source resource was locked and
|
|||
|
could not be moved, then the source resource URL appears with the 423
|
|||
|
(Locked) status.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
403 (Forbidden) - Among many possible reasons for forbidding a MOVE
|
|||
|
operation, this status code is recommended for use when the source
|
|||
|
and destination resources are the same.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
409 (Conflict) - A resource cannot be created at the destination
|
|||
|
until one or more intermediate collections have been created. The
|
|||
|
server MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
|
|||
|
Or, the server was unable to preserve the behavior of the live
|
|||
|
properties and still move the resource to the destination (see
|
|||
|
'preserved-live-properties' postcondition).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
412 (Precondition Failed) - A condition header failed. Specific to
|
|||
|
MOVE, this could mean that the Overwrite header is "F" and the
|
|||
|
destination URL is already mapped to a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
423 (Locked) - The source or the destination resource, the source or
|
|||
|
destination resource parent, or some resource within the source or
|
|||
|
destination collection, was locked. This response SHOULD contain the
|
|||
|
'lock-token-submitted' precondition element.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
502 (Bad Gateway) - This may occur when the destination is on another
|
|||
|
server and the destination server refuses to accept the resource.
|
|||
|
This could also occur when the destination is on another sub-section
|
|||
|
of the same server namespace.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 59]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.9.5. Example - MOVE of a Non-Collection
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This example shows resource
|
|||
|
http://www.example.com/~fielding/index.html being moved to the
|
|||
|
location http://www.example.com/users/f/fielding/index.html. The
|
|||
|
contents of the destination resource would have been overwritten if
|
|||
|
the destination URL was already mapped to a resource. In this case,
|
|||
|
since there was nothing at the destination resource, the response
|
|||
|
code is 201 (Created).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MOVE /~fielding/index.html HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Destination: http://www.example/users/f/fielding/index.html
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 201 Created
|
|||
|
Location: http://www.example.com/users/f/fielding/index.html
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.9.6. Example - MOVE of a Collection
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MOVE /container/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Destination: http://www.example.com/othercontainer/
|
|||
|
Overwrite: F
|
|||
|
If: (<urn:uuid:fe184f2e-6eec-41d0-c765-01adc56e6bb4>)
|
|||
|
(<urn:uuid:e454f3f3-acdc-452a-56c7-00a5c91e4b77>)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<d:multistatus xmlns:d='DAV:'>
|
|||
|
<d:response>
|
|||
|
<d:href>http://www.example.com/othercontainer/C2/</d:href>
|
|||
|
<d:status>HTTP/1.1 423 Locked</d:status>
|
|||
|
<d:error><d:lock-token-submitted/></d:error>
|
|||
|
</d:response>
|
|||
|
</d:multistatus>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 60]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, the client has submitted a number of lock tokens
|
|||
|
with the request. A lock token will need to be submitted for every
|
|||
|
resource, both source and destination, anywhere in the scope of the
|
|||
|
method, that is locked. In this case, the proper lock token was not
|
|||
|
submitted for the destination
|
|||
|
http://www.example.com/othercontainer/C2/. This means that the
|
|||
|
resource /container/C2/ could not be moved. Because there was an
|
|||
|
error moving /container/C2/, none of /container/C2's members were
|
|||
|
moved. However, no errors were listed for those members due to the
|
|||
|
error minimization rules. User agent authentication has previously
|
|||
|
occurred via a mechanism outside the scope of the HTTP protocol, in
|
|||
|
an underlying transport layer.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.10. LOCK Method
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following sections describe the LOCK method, which is used to
|
|||
|
take out a lock of any access type and to refresh an existing lock.
|
|||
|
These sections on the LOCK method describe only those semantics that
|
|||
|
are specific to the LOCK method and are independent of the access
|
|||
|
type of the lock being requested.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any resource that supports the LOCK method MUST, at minimum, support
|
|||
|
the XML request and response formats defined herein.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This method is neither idempotent nor safe (see Section 9.1 of
|
|||
|
[RFC2616]). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.10.1. Creating a Lock on an Existing Resource
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A LOCK request to an existing resource will create a lock on the
|
|||
|
resource identified by the Request-URI, provided the resource is not
|
|||
|
already locked with a conflicting lock. The resource identified in
|
|||
|
the Request-URI becomes the root of the lock. LOCK method requests
|
|||
|
to create a new lock MUST have an XML request body. The server MUST
|
|||
|
preserve the information provided by the client in the 'owner'
|
|||
|
element in the LOCK request. The LOCK request MAY have a Timeout
|
|||
|
header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When a new lock is created, the LOCK response:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o MUST contain a body with the value of the DAV:lockdiscovery
|
|||
|
property in a prop XML element. This MUST contain the full
|
|||
|
information about the lock just granted, while information about
|
|||
|
other (shared) locks is OPTIONAL.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o MUST include the Lock-Token response header with the token
|
|||
|
associated with the new lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 61]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.10.2. Refreshing Locks
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A lock is refreshed by sending a LOCK request to the URL of a
|
|||
|
resource within the scope of the lock. This request MUST NOT have a
|
|||
|
body and it MUST specify which lock to refresh by using the 'If'
|
|||
|
header with a single lock token (only one lock may be refreshed at a
|
|||
|
time). The request MAY contain a Timeout header, which a server MAY
|
|||
|
accept to change the duration remaining on the lock to the new value.
|
|||
|
A server MUST ignore the Depth header on a LOCK refresh.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the resource has other (shared) locks, those locks are unaffected
|
|||
|
by a lock refresh. Additionally, those locks do not prevent the
|
|||
|
named lock from being refreshed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Lock-Token header is not returned in the response for a
|
|||
|
successful refresh LOCK request, but the LOCK response body MUST
|
|||
|
contain the new value for the DAV:lockdiscovery property.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.10.3. Depth and Locking
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Depth header may be used with the LOCK method. Values other than
|
|||
|
0 or infinity MUST NOT be used with the Depth header on a LOCK
|
|||
|
method. All resources that support the LOCK method MUST support the
|
|||
|
Depth header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A Depth header of value 0 means to just lock the resource specified
|
|||
|
by the Request-URI.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the Depth header is set to infinity, then the resource specified
|
|||
|
in the Request-URI along with all its members, all the way down the
|
|||
|
hierarchy, are to be locked. A successful result MUST return a
|
|||
|
single lock token. Similarly, if an UNLOCK is successfully executed
|
|||
|
on this token, all associated resources are unlocked. Hence, partial
|
|||
|
success is not an option for LOCK or UNLOCK. Either the entire
|
|||
|
hierarchy is locked or no resources are locked.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the lock cannot be granted to all resources, the server MUST
|
|||
|
return a Multi-Status response with a 'response' element for at least
|
|||
|
one resource that prevented the lock from being granted, along with a
|
|||
|
suitable status code for that failure (e.g., 403 (Forbidden) or 423
|
|||
|
(Locked)). Additionally, if the resource causing the failure was not
|
|||
|
the resource requested, then the server SHOULD include a 'response'
|
|||
|
element for the Request-URI as well, with a 'status' element
|
|||
|
containing 424 Failed Dependency.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If no Depth header is submitted on a LOCK request, then the request
|
|||
|
MUST act as if a "Depth:infinity" had been submitted.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 62]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.10.4. Locking Unmapped URLs
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A successful LOCK method MUST result in the creation of an empty
|
|||
|
resource that is locked (and that is not a collection) when a
|
|||
|
resource did not previously exist at that URL. Later on, the lock
|
|||
|
may go away but the empty resource remains. Empty resources MUST
|
|||
|
then appear in PROPFIND responses including that URL in the response
|
|||
|
scope. A server MUST respond successfully to a GET request to an
|
|||
|
empty resource, either by using a 204 No Content response, or by
|
|||
|
using 200 OK with a Content-Length header indicating zero length
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.10.5. Lock Compatibility Table
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The table below describes the behavior that occurs when a lock
|
|||
|
request is made on a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
+--------------------------+----------------+-------------------+
|
|||
|
| Current State | Shared Lock OK | Exclusive Lock OK |
|
|||
|
+--------------------------+----------------+-------------------+
|
|||
|
| None | True | True |
|
|||
|
| Shared Lock | True | False |
|
|||
|
| Exclusive Lock | False | False* |
|
|||
|
+--------------------------+----------------+-------------------+
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Legend: True = lock may be granted. False = lock MUST NOT be
|
|||
|
granted. *=It is illegal for a principal to request the same lock
|
|||
|
twice.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The current lock state of a resource is given in the leftmost column,
|
|||
|
and lock requests are listed in the first row. The intersection of a
|
|||
|
row and column gives the result of a lock request. For example, if a
|
|||
|
shared lock is held on a resource, and an exclusive lock is
|
|||
|
requested, the table entry is "false", indicating that the lock must
|
|||
|
not be granted.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.10.6. LOCK Responses
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
|
|||
|
status codes have specific applicability to LOCK:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
200 (OK) - The LOCK request succeeded and the value of the DAV:
|
|||
|
lockdiscovery property is included in the response body.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
201 (Created) - The LOCK request was to an unmapped URL, the request
|
|||
|
succeeded and resulted in the creation of a new resource, and the
|
|||
|
value of the DAV:lockdiscovery property is included in the response
|
|||
|
body.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 63]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
409 (Conflict) - A resource cannot be created at the destination
|
|||
|
until one or more intermediate collections have been created. The
|
|||
|
server MUST NOT create those intermediate collections automatically.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
423 (Locked), potentially with 'no-conflicting-lock' precondition
|
|||
|
code - There is already a lock on the resource that is not compatible
|
|||
|
with the requested lock (see lock compatibility table above).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
412 (Precondition Failed), with 'lock-token-matches-request-uri'
|
|||
|
precondition code - The LOCK request was made with an If header,
|
|||
|
indicating that the client wishes to refresh the given lock.
|
|||
|
However, the Request-URI did not fall within the scope of the lock
|
|||
|
identified by the token. The lock may have a scope that does not
|
|||
|
include the Request-URI, or the lock could have disappeared, or the
|
|||
|
token may be invalid.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.10.7. Example - Simple Lock Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LOCK /workspace/webdav/proposal.doc HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: example.com
|
|||
|
Timeout: Infinite, Second-4100000000
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
Authorization: Digest username="ejw",
|
|||
|
realm="ejw@example.com", nonce="...",
|
|||
|
uri="/workspace/webdav/proposal.doc",
|
|||
|
response="...", opaque="..."
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:lockinfo xmlns:D='DAV:'>
|
|||
|
<D:lockscope><D:exclusive/></D:lockscope>
|
|||
|
<D:locktype><D:write/></D:locktype>
|
|||
|
<D:owner>
|
|||
|
<D:href>http://example.org/~ejw/contact.html</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:owner>
|
|||
|
</D:lockinfo>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
|
|||
|
Lock-Token: <urn:uuid:e71d4fae-5dec-22d6-fea5-00a0c91e6be4>
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:prop xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 64]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<D:lockdiscovery>
|
|||
|
<D:activelock>
|
|||
|
<D:locktype><D:write/></D:locktype>
|
|||
|
<D:lockscope><D:exclusive/></D:lockscope>
|
|||
|
<D:depth>infinity</D:depth>
|
|||
|
<D:owner>
|
|||
|
<D:href>http://example.org/~ejw/contact.html</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:owner>
|
|||
|
<D:timeout>Second-604800</D:timeout>
|
|||
|
<D:locktoken>
|
|||
|
<D:href
|
|||
|
>urn:uuid:e71d4fae-5dec-22d6-fea5-00a0c91e6be4</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:locktoken>
|
|||
|
<D:lockroot>
|
|||
|
<D:href
|
|||
|
>http://example.com/workspace/webdav/proposal.doc</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:lockroot>
|
|||
|
</D:activelock>
|
|||
|
</D:lockdiscovery>
|
|||
|
</D:prop>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This example shows the successful creation of an exclusive write lock
|
|||
|
on resource http://example.com/workspace/webdav/proposal.doc. The
|
|||
|
resource http://example.org/~ejw/contact.html contains contact
|
|||
|
information for the creator of the lock. The server has an activity-
|
|||
|
based timeout policy in place on this resource, which causes the lock
|
|||
|
to automatically be removed after 1 week (604800 seconds). Note that
|
|||
|
the nonce, response, and opaque fields have not been calculated in
|
|||
|
the Authorization request header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.10.8. Example - Refreshing a Write Lock
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LOCK /workspace/webdav/proposal.doc HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: example.com
|
|||
|
Timeout: Infinite, Second-4100000000
|
|||
|
If: (<urn:uuid:e71d4fae-5dec-22d6-fea5-00a0c91e6be4>)
|
|||
|
Authorization: Digest username="ejw",
|
|||
|
realm="ejw@example.com", nonce="...",
|
|||
|
uri="/workspace/webdav/proposal.doc",
|
|||
|
response="...", opaque="..."
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 65]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:prop xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:lockdiscovery>
|
|||
|
<D:activelock>
|
|||
|
<D:locktype><D:write/></D:locktype>
|
|||
|
<D:lockscope><D:exclusive/></D:lockscope>
|
|||
|
<D:depth>infinity</D:depth>
|
|||
|
<D:owner>
|
|||
|
<D:href>http://example.org/~ejw/contact.html</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:owner>
|
|||
|
<D:timeout>Second-604800</D:timeout>
|
|||
|
<D:locktoken>
|
|||
|
<D:href
|
|||
|
>urn:uuid:e71d4fae-5dec-22d6-fea5-00a0c91e6be4</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:locktoken>
|
|||
|
<D:lockroot>
|
|||
|
<D:href
|
|||
|
>http://example.com/workspace/webdav/proposal.doc</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:lockroot>
|
|||
|
</D:activelock>
|
|||
|
</D:lockdiscovery>
|
|||
|
</D:prop>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This request would refresh the lock, attempting to reset the timeout
|
|||
|
to the new value specified in the timeout header. Notice that the
|
|||
|
client asked for an infinite time out but the server choose to ignore
|
|||
|
the request. In this example, the nonce, response, and opaque fields
|
|||
|
have not been calculated in the Authorization request header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.10.9. Example - Multi-Resource Lock Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LOCK /webdav/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: example.com
|
|||
|
Timeout: Infinite, Second-4100000000
|
|||
|
Depth: infinity
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
Authorization: Digest username="ejw",
|
|||
|
realm="ejw@example.com", nonce="...",
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 66]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
uri="/workspace/webdav/proposal.doc",
|
|||
|
response="...", opaque="..."
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:lockinfo xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:locktype><D:write/></D:locktype>
|
|||
|
<D:lockscope><D:exclusive/></D:lockscope>
|
|||
|
<D:owner>
|
|||
|
<D:href>http://example.org/~ejw/contact.html</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:owner>
|
|||
|
</D:lockinfo>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:multistatus xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:response>
|
|||
|
<D:href>http://example.com/webdav/secret</D:href>
|
|||
|
<D:status>HTTP/1.1 403 Forbidden</D:status>
|
|||
|
</D:response>
|
|||
|
<D:response>
|
|||
|
<D:href>http://example.com/webdav/</D:href>
|
|||
|
<D:status>HTTP/1.1 424 Failed Dependency</D:status>
|
|||
|
</D:response>
|
|||
|
</D:multistatus>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This example shows a request for an exclusive write lock on a
|
|||
|
collection and all its children. In this request, the client has
|
|||
|
specified that it desires an infinite-length lock, if available,
|
|||
|
otherwise a timeout of 4.1 billion seconds, if available. The
|
|||
|
request entity body contains the contact information for the
|
|||
|
principal taking out the lock -- in this case, a Web page URL.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The error is a 403 (Forbidden) response on the resource
|
|||
|
http://example.com/webdav/secret. Because this resource could not be
|
|||
|
locked, none of the resources were locked. Note also that the a
|
|||
|
'response' element for the Request-URI itself has been included as
|
|||
|
required.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, the nonce, response, and opaque fields have not been
|
|||
|
calculated in the Authorization request header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 67]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.11. UNLOCK Method
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The UNLOCK method removes the lock identified by the lock token in
|
|||
|
the Lock-Token request header. The Request-URI MUST identify a
|
|||
|
resource within the scope of the lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that use of the Lock-Token header to provide the lock token is
|
|||
|
not consistent with other state-changing methods, which all require
|
|||
|
an If header with the lock token. Thus, the If header is not needed
|
|||
|
to provide the lock token. Naturally, when the If header is present,
|
|||
|
it has its normal meaning as a conditional header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For a successful response to this method, the server MUST delete the
|
|||
|
lock entirely.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If all resources that have been locked under the submitted lock token
|
|||
|
cannot be unlocked, then the UNLOCK request MUST fail.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A successful response to an UNLOCK method does not mean that the
|
|||
|
resource is necessarily unlocked. It means that the specific lock
|
|||
|
corresponding to the specified token no longer exists.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any DAV-compliant resource that supports the LOCK method MUST support
|
|||
|
the UNLOCK method.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This method is idempotent, but not safe (see Section 9.1 of
|
|||
|
[RFC2616]). Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.11.1. Status Codes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In addition to the general status codes possible, the following
|
|||
|
status codes have specific applicability to UNLOCK:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
204 (No Content) - Normal success response (rather than 200 OK, since
|
|||
|
200 OK would imply a response body, and an UNLOCK success response
|
|||
|
does not normally contain a body).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
400 (Bad Request) - No lock token was provided.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
403 (Forbidden) - The currently authenticated principal does not have
|
|||
|
permission to remove the lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
409 (Conflict), with 'lock-token-matches-request-uri' precondition -
|
|||
|
The resource was not locked, or the request was made to a Request-URI
|
|||
|
that was not within the scope of the lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 68]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
9.11.2. Example - UNLOCK
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
UNLOCK /workspace/webdav/info.doc HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: example.com
|
|||
|
Lock-Token: <urn:uuid:a515cfa4-5da4-22e1-f5b5-00a0451e6bf7>
|
|||
|
Authorization: Digest username="ejw"
|
|||
|
realm="ejw@example.com", nonce="...",
|
|||
|
uri="/workspace/webdav/proposal.doc",
|
|||
|
response="...", opaque="..."
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 204 No Content
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, the lock identified by the lock token
|
|||
|
"urn:uuid:a515cfa4-5da4-22e1-f5b5-00a0451e6bf7" is successfully
|
|||
|
removed from the resource
|
|||
|
http://example.com/workspace/webdav/info.doc. If this lock included
|
|||
|
more than just one resource, the lock is removed from all resources
|
|||
|
included in the lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, the nonce, response, and opaque fields have not been
|
|||
|
calculated in the Authorization request header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10. HTTP Headers for Distributed Authoring
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
All DAV headers follow the same basic formatting rules as HTTP
|
|||
|
headers. This includes rules like line continuation and how to
|
|||
|
combine (or separate) multiple instances of the same header using
|
|||
|
commas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV adds two new conditional headers to the set defined in HTTP:
|
|||
|
the If and Overwrite headers.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.1. DAV Header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DAV = "DAV" ":" #( compliance-class )
|
|||
|
compliance-class = ( "1" | "2" | "3" | extend )
|
|||
|
extend = Coded-URL | token
|
|||
|
; token is defined in RFC 2616, Section 2.2
|
|||
|
Coded-URL = "<" absolute-URI ">"
|
|||
|
; No linear whitespace (LWS) allowed in Coded-URL
|
|||
|
; absolute-URI defined in RFC 3986, Section 4.3
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 69]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This general-header appearing in the response indicates that the
|
|||
|
resource supports the DAV schema and protocol as specified. All DAV-
|
|||
|
compliant resources MUST return the DAV header with compliance-class
|
|||
|
"1" on all OPTIONS responses. In cases where WebDAV is only
|
|||
|
supported in part of the server namespace, an OPTIONS request to non-
|
|||
|
WebDAV resources (including "/") SHOULD NOT advertise WebDAV support.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The value is a comma-separated list of all compliance class
|
|||
|
identifiers that the resource supports. Class identifiers may be
|
|||
|
Coded-URLs or tokens (as defined by [RFC2616]). Identifiers can
|
|||
|
appear in any order. Identifiers that are standardized through the
|
|||
|
IETF RFC process are tokens, but other identifiers SHOULD be Coded-
|
|||
|
URLs to encourage uniqueness.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A resource must show class 1 compliance if it shows class 2 or 3
|
|||
|
compliance. In general, support for one compliance class does not
|
|||
|
entail support for any other, and in particular, support for
|
|||
|
compliance class 3 does not require support for compliance class 2.
|
|||
|
Please refer to Section 18 for more details on compliance classes
|
|||
|
defined in this specification.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that many WebDAV servers do not advertise WebDAV support in
|
|||
|
response to "OPTIONS *".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
As a request header, this header allows the client to advertise
|
|||
|
compliance with named features when the server needs that
|
|||
|
information. Clients SHOULD NOT send this header unless a standards
|
|||
|
track specification requires it. Any extension that makes use of
|
|||
|
this as a request header will need to carefully consider caching
|
|||
|
implications.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.2. Depth Header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Depth = "Depth" ":" ("0" | "1" | "infinity")
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Depth request header is used with methods executed on resources
|
|||
|
that could potentially have internal members to indicate whether the
|
|||
|
method is to be applied only to the resource ("Depth: 0"), to the
|
|||
|
resource and its internal members only ("Depth: 1"), or the resource
|
|||
|
and all its members ("Depth: infinity").
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Depth header is only supported if a method's definition
|
|||
|
explicitly provides for such support.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following rules are the default behavior for any method that
|
|||
|
supports the Depth header. A method may override these defaults by
|
|||
|
defining different behavior in its definition.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 70]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Methods that support the Depth header may choose not to support all
|
|||
|
of the header's values and may define, on a case-by-case basis, the
|
|||
|
behavior of the method if a Depth header is not present. For
|
|||
|
example, the MOVE method only supports "Depth: infinity", and if a
|
|||
|
Depth header is not present, it will act as if a "Depth: infinity"
|
|||
|
header had been applied.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Clients MUST NOT rely upon methods executing on members of their
|
|||
|
hierarchies in any particular order or on the execution being atomic
|
|||
|
unless the particular method explicitly provides such guarantees.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Upon execution, a method with a Depth header will perform as much of
|
|||
|
its assigned task as possible and then return a response specifying
|
|||
|
what it was able to accomplish and what it failed to do.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
So, for example, an attempt to COPY a hierarchy may result in some of
|
|||
|
the members being copied and some not.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By default, the Depth header does not interact with other headers.
|
|||
|
That is, each header on a request with a Depth header MUST be applied
|
|||
|
only to the Request-URI if it applies to any resource, unless
|
|||
|
specific Depth behavior is defined for that header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a source or destination resource within the scope of the Depth
|
|||
|
header is locked in such a way as to prevent the successful execution
|
|||
|
of the method, then the lock token for that resource MUST be
|
|||
|
submitted with the request in the If request header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Depth header only specifies the behavior of the method with
|
|||
|
regards to internal members. If a resource does not have internal
|
|||
|
members, then the Depth header MUST be ignored.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.3. Destination Header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Destination request header specifies the URI that identifies a
|
|||
|
destination resource for methods such as COPY and MOVE, which take
|
|||
|
two URIs as parameters.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Destination = "Destination" ":" Simple-ref
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the Destination value is an absolute-URI (Section 4.3 of
|
|||
|
[RFC3986]), it may name a different server (or different port or
|
|||
|
scheme). If the source server cannot attempt a copy to the remote
|
|||
|
server, it MUST fail the request. Note that copying and moving
|
|||
|
resources to remote servers is not fully defined in this
|
|||
|
specification (e.g., specific error conditions).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 71]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the Destination value is too long or otherwise unacceptable, the
|
|||
|
server SHOULD return 400 (Bad Request), ideally with helpful
|
|||
|
information in an error body.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4. If Header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The If request header is intended to have similar functionality to
|
|||
|
the If-Match header defined in Section 14.24 of [RFC2616]. However,
|
|||
|
the If header handles any state token as well as ETags. A typical
|
|||
|
example of a state token is a lock token, and lock tokens are the
|
|||
|
only state tokens defined in this specification.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4.1. Purpose
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The If header has two distinct purposes:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o The first purpose is to make a request conditional by supplying a
|
|||
|
series of state lists with conditions that match tokens and ETags
|
|||
|
to a specific resource. If this header is evaluated and all state
|
|||
|
lists fail, then the request MUST fail with a 412 (Precondition
|
|||
|
Failed) status. On the other hand, the request can succeed only
|
|||
|
if one of the described state lists succeeds. The success
|
|||
|
criteria for state lists and matching functions are defined in
|
|||
|
Sections 10.4.3 and 10.4.4.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Additionally, the mere fact that a state token appears in an If
|
|||
|
header means that it has been "submitted" with the request. In
|
|||
|
general, this is used to indicate that the client has knowledge of
|
|||
|
that state token. The semantics for submitting a state token
|
|||
|
depend on its type (for lock tokens, please refer to Section 6).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that these two purposes need to be treated distinctly: a state
|
|||
|
token counts as being submitted independently of whether the server
|
|||
|
actually has evaluated the state list it appears in, and also
|
|||
|
independently of whether or not the condition it expressed was found
|
|||
|
to be true.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4.2. Syntax
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If = "If" ":" ( 1*No-tag-list | 1*Tagged-list )
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
No-tag-list = List
|
|||
|
Tagged-list = Resource-Tag 1*List
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
List = "(" 1*Condition ")"
|
|||
|
Condition = ["Not"] (State-token | "[" entity-tag "]")
|
|||
|
; entity-tag: see Section 3.11 of [RFC2616]
|
|||
|
; No LWS allowed between "[", entity-tag and "]"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 72]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
State-token = Coded-URL
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Resource-Tag = "<" Simple-ref ">"
|
|||
|
; Simple-ref: see Section 8.3
|
|||
|
; No LWS allowed in Resource-Tag
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The syntax distinguishes between untagged lists ("No-tag-list") and
|
|||
|
tagged lists ("Tagged-list"). Untagged lists apply to the resource
|
|||
|
identified by the Request-URI, while tagged lists apply to the
|
|||
|
resource identified by the preceding Resource-Tag.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A Resource-Tag applies to all subsequent Lists, up to the next
|
|||
|
Resource-Tag.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that the two list types cannot be mixed within an If header.
|
|||
|
This is not a functional restriction because the No-tag-list syntax
|
|||
|
is just a shorthand notation for a Tagged-list production with a
|
|||
|
Resource-Tag referring to the Request-URI.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Each List consists of one or more Conditions. Each Condition is
|
|||
|
defined in terms of an entity-tag or state-token, potentially negated
|
|||
|
by the prefix "Not".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that the If header syntax does not allow multiple instances of
|
|||
|
If headers in a single request. However, the HTTP header syntax
|
|||
|
allows extending single header values across multiple lines, by
|
|||
|
inserting a line break followed by whitespace (see [RFC2616], Section
|
|||
|
4.2).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4.3. List Evaluation
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A Condition that consists of a single entity-tag or state-token
|
|||
|
evaluates to true if the resource matches the described state (where
|
|||
|
the individual matching functions are defined below in
|
|||
|
Section 10.4.4). Prefixing it with "Not" reverses the result of the
|
|||
|
evaluation (thus, the "Not" applies only to the subsequent entity-tag
|
|||
|
or state-token).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Each List production describes a series of conditions. The whole
|
|||
|
list evaluates to true if and only if each condition evaluates to
|
|||
|
true (that is, the list represents a logical conjunction of
|
|||
|
Conditions).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Each No-tag-list and Tagged-list production may contain one or more
|
|||
|
Lists. They evaluate to true if and only if any of the contained
|
|||
|
lists evaluates to true (that is, if there's more than one List, that
|
|||
|
List sequence represents a logical disjunction of the Lists).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 73]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Finally, the whole If header evaluates to true if and only if at
|
|||
|
least one of the No-tag-list or Tagged-list productions evaluates to
|
|||
|
true. If the header evaluates to false, the server MUST reject the
|
|||
|
request with a 412 (Precondition Failed) status. Otherwise,
|
|||
|
execution of the request can proceed as if the header wasn't present.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4.4. Matching State Tokens and ETags
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When performing If header processing, the definition of a matching
|
|||
|
state token or entity tag is as follows:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Identifying a resource: The resource is identified by the URI along
|
|||
|
with the token, in tagged list production, or by the Request-URI in
|
|||
|
untagged list production.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Matching entity tag: Where the entity tag matches an entity tag
|
|||
|
associated with the identified resource. Servers MUST use either the
|
|||
|
weak or the strong comparison function defined in Section 13.3.3 of
|
|||
|
[RFC2616].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Matching state token: Where there is an exact match between the state
|
|||
|
token in the If header and any state token on the identified
|
|||
|
resource. A lock state token is considered to match if the resource
|
|||
|
is anywhere in the scope of the lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Handling unmapped URLs: For both ETags and state tokens, treat as if
|
|||
|
the URL identified a resource that exists but does not have the
|
|||
|
specified state.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4.5. If Header and Non-DAV-Aware Proxies
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Non-DAV-aware proxies will not honor the If header, since they will
|
|||
|
not understand the If header, and HTTP requires non-understood
|
|||
|
headers to be ignored. When communicating with HTTP/1.1 proxies, the
|
|||
|
client MUST use the "Cache-Control: no-cache" request header so as to
|
|||
|
prevent the proxy from improperly trying to service the request from
|
|||
|
its cache. When dealing with HTTP/1.0 proxies, the "Pragma: no-
|
|||
|
cache" request header MUST be used for the same reason.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Because in general clients may not be able to reliably detect non-
|
|||
|
DAV-aware intermediates, they are advised to always prevent caching
|
|||
|
using the request directives mentioned above.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 74]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4.6. Example - No-tag Production
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If: (<urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2>
|
|||
|
["I am an ETag"])
|
|||
|
(["I am another ETag"])
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The previous header would require that the resource identified in the
|
|||
|
Request-URI be locked with the specified lock token and be in the
|
|||
|
state identified by the "I am an ETag" ETag or in the state
|
|||
|
identified by the second ETag "I am another ETag".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
To put the matter more plainly one can think of the previous If
|
|||
|
header as expressing the condition below:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
(
|
|||
|
is-locked-with(urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2) AND
|
|||
|
matches-etag("I am an ETag")
|
|||
|
)
|
|||
|
OR
|
|||
|
(
|
|||
|
matches-etag("I am another ETag")
|
|||
|
)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4.7. Example - Using "Not" with No-tag Production
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If: (Not <urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2>
|
|||
|
<urn:uuid:58f202ac-22cf-11d1-b12d-002035b29092>)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This If header requires that the resource must not be locked with a
|
|||
|
lock having the lock token
|
|||
|
urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2 and must be locked by a
|
|||
|
lock with the lock token
|
|||
|
urn:uuid:58f202ac-22cf-11d1-b12d-002035b29092.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4.8. Example - Causing a Condition to Always Evaluate to True
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There may be cases where a client wishes to submit state tokens, but
|
|||
|
doesn't want the request to fail just because the state token isn't
|
|||
|
current anymore. One simple way to do this is to include a Condition
|
|||
|
that is known to always evaluate to true, such as in:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If: (<urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2>)
|
|||
|
(Not <DAV:no-lock>)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
"DAV:no-lock" is known to never represent a current lock token. Lock
|
|||
|
tokens are assigned by the server, following the uniqueness
|
|||
|
requirements described in Section 6.5, therefore cannot use the
|
|||
|
"DAV:" scheme. Thus, by applying "Not" to a state token that is
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 75]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
known not to be current, the Condition always evaluates to true.
|
|||
|
Consequently, the whole If header will always evaluate to true, and
|
|||
|
the lock token urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2 will be
|
|||
|
submitted in any case.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4.9. Example - Tagged List If Header in COPY
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY /resource1 HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Destination: /resource2
|
|||
|
If: </resource1>
|
|||
|
(<urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2>
|
|||
|
[W/"A weak ETag"]) (["strong ETag"])
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, http://www.example.com/resource1 is being copied to
|
|||
|
http://www.example.com/resource2. When the method is first applied
|
|||
|
to http://www.example.com/resource1, resource1 must be in the state
|
|||
|
specified by "(<urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2> [W/"A
|
|||
|
weak ETag"]) (["strong ETag"])". That is, either it must be locked
|
|||
|
with a lock token of "urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2"
|
|||
|
and have a weak entity tag W/"A weak ETag" or it must have a strong
|
|||
|
entity tag "strong ETag".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4.10. Example - Matching Lock Tokens with Collection Locks
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DELETE /specs/rfc2518.txt HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
If: <http://www.example.com/specs/>
|
|||
|
(<urn:uuid:181d4fae-7d8c-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf2>)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For this example, the lock token must be compared to the identified
|
|||
|
resource, which is the 'specs' collection identified by the URL in
|
|||
|
the tagged list production. If the 'specs' collection is not locked
|
|||
|
by a lock with the specified lock token, the request MUST fail.
|
|||
|
Otherwise, this request could succeed, because the If header
|
|||
|
evaluates to true, and because the lock token for the lock affecting
|
|||
|
the affected resource has been submitted.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.4.11. Example - Matching ETags on Unmapped URLs
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Consider a collection "/specs" that does not contain the member
|
|||
|
"/specs/rfc2518.doc". In this case, the If header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If: </specs/rfc2518.doc> (["4217"])
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 76]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
will evaluate to false (the URI isn't mapped, thus the resource
|
|||
|
identified by the URI doesn't have an entity matching the ETag
|
|||
|
"4217").
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
On the other hand, an If header of
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If: </specs/rfc2518.doc> (Not ["4217"])
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
will consequently evaluate to true.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that, as defined above in Section 10.4.4, the same
|
|||
|
considerations apply to matching state tokens.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.5. Lock-Token Header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Lock-Token = "Lock-Token" ":" Coded-URL
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Lock-Token request header is used with the UNLOCK method to
|
|||
|
identify the lock to be removed. The lock token in the Lock-Token
|
|||
|
request header MUST identify a lock that contains the resource
|
|||
|
identified by Request-URI as a member.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Lock-Token response header is used with the LOCK method to
|
|||
|
indicate the lock token created as a result of a successful LOCK
|
|||
|
request to create a new lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.6. Overwrite Header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Overwrite = "Overwrite" ":" ("T" | "F")
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Overwrite request header specifies whether the server should
|
|||
|
overwrite a resource mapped to the destination URL during a COPY or
|
|||
|
MOVE. A value of "F" states that the server must not perform the
|
|||
|
COPY or MOVE operation if the destination URL does map to a resource.
|
|||
|
If the overwrite header is not included in a COPY or MOVE request,
|
|||
|
then the resource MUST treat the request as if it has an overwrite
|
|||
|
header of value "T". While the Overwrite header appears to duplicate
|
|||
|
the functionality of using an "If-Match: *" header (see [RFC2616]),
|
|||
|
If-Match applies only to the Request-URI, and not to the Destination
|
|||
|
of a COPY or MOVE.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a COPY or MOVE is not performed due to the value of the Overwrite
|
|||
|
header, the method MUST fail with a 412 (Precondition Failed) status
|
|||
|
code. The server MUST do authorization checks before checking this
|
|||
|
or any conditional header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
All DAV-compliant resources MUST support the Overwrite header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 77]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
10.7. Timeout Request Header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TimeOut = "Timeout" ":" 1#TimeType
|
|||
|
TimeType = ("Second-" DAVTimeOutVal | "Infinite")
|
|||
|
; No LWS allowed within TimeType
|
|||
|
DAVTimeOutVal = 1*DIGIT
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Clients MAY include Timeout request headers in their LOCK requests.
|
|||
|
However, the server is not required to honor or even consider these
|
|||
|
requests. Clients MUST NOT submit a Timeout request header with any
|
|||
|
method other than a LOCK method.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The "Second" TimeType specifies the number of seconds that will
|
|||
|
elapse between granting of the lock at the server, and the automatic
|
|||
|
removal of the lock. The timeout value for TimeType "Second" MUST
|
|||
|
NOT be greater than 2^32-1.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See Section 6.6 for a description of lock timeout behavior.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
11. Status Code Extensions to HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following status codes are added to those defined in HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
[RFC2616].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
11.1. 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 207 (Multi-Status) status code provides status for multiple
|
|||
|
independent operations (see Section 13 for more information).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
11.2. 422 Unprocessable Entity
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 422 (Unprocessable Entity) status code means the server
|
|||
|
understands the content type of the request entity (hence a
|
|||
|
415(Unsupported Media Type) status code is inappropriate), and the
|
|||
|
syntax of the request entity is correct (thus a 400 (Bad Request)
|
|||
|
status code is inappropriate) but was unable to process the contained
|
|||
|
instructions. For example, this error condition may occur if an XML
|
|||
|
request body contains well-formed (i.e., syntactically correct), but
|
|||
|
semantically erroneous, XML instructions.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
11.3. 423 Locked
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 423 (Locked) status code means the source or destination resource
|
|||
|
of a method is locked. This response SHOULD contain an appropriate
|
|||
|
precondition or postcondition code, such as 'lock-token-submitted' or
|
|||
|
'no-conflicting-lock'.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 78]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
11.4. 424 Failed Dependency
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 424 (Failed Dependency) status code means that the method could
|
|||
|
not be performed on the resource because the requested action
|
|||
|
depended on another action and that action failed. For example, if a
|
|||
|
command in a PROPPATCH method fails, then, at minimum, the rest of
|
|||
|
the commands will also fail with 424 (Failed Dependency).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
11.5. 507 Insufficient Storage
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 507 (Insufficient Storage) status code means the method could not
|
|||
|
be performed on the resource because the server is unable to store
|
|||
|
the representation needed to successfully complete the request. This
|
|||
|
condition is considered to be temporary. If the request that
|
|||
|
received this status code was the result of a user action, the
|
|||
|
request MUST NOT be repeated until it is requested by a separate user
|
|||
|
action.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
12. Use of HTTP Status Codes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
These HTTP codes are not redefined, but their use is somewhat
|
|||
|
extended by WebDAV methods and requirements. In general, many HTTP
|
|||
|
status codes can be used in response to any request, not just in
|
|||
|
cases described in this document. Note also that WebDAV servers are
|
|||
|
known to use 300-level redirect responses (and early interoperability
|
|||
|
tests found clients unprepared to see those responses). A 300-level
|
|||
|
response MUST NOT be used when the server has created a new resource
|
|||
|
in response to the request.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
12.1. 412 Precondition Failed
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any request can contain a conditional header defined in HTTP (If-
|
|||
|
Match, If-Modified-Since, etc.) or the "If" or "Overwrite"
|
|||
|
conditional headers defined in this specification. If the server
|
|||
|
evaluates a conditional header, and if that condition fails to hold,
|
|||
|
then this error code MUST be returned. On the other hand, if the
|
|||
|
client did not include a conditional header in the request, then the
|
|||
|
server MUST NOT use this status code.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
12.2. 414 Request-URI Too Long
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This status code is used in HTTP 1.1 only for Request-URIs, not URIs
|
|||
|
in other locations.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 79]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
13. Multi-Status Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A Multi-Status response conveys information about multiple resources
|
|||
|
in situations where multiple status codes might be appropriate. The
|
|||
|
default Multi-Status response body is a text/xml or application/xml
|
|||
|
HTTP entity with a 'multistatus' root element. Further elements
|
|||
|
contain 200, 300, 400, and 500 series status codes generated during
|
|||
|
the method invocation. 100 series status codes SHOULD NOT be recorded
|
|||
|
in a 'response' XML element.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Although '207' is used as the overall response status code, the
|
|||
|
recipient needs to consult the contents of the multistatus response
|
|||
|
body for further information about the success or failure of the
|
|||
|
method execution. The response MAY be used in success, partial
|
|||
|
success and also in failure situations.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 'multistatus' root element holds zero or more 'response' elements
|
|||
|
in any order, each with information about an individual resource.
|
|||
|
Each 'response' element MUST have an 'href' element to identify the
|
|||
|
resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A Multi-Status response uses one out of two distinct formats for
|
|||
|
representing the status:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
1. A 'status' element as child of the 'response' element indicates
|
|||
|
the status of the message execution for the identified resource
|
|||
|
as a whole (for instance, see Section 9.6.2). Some method
|
|||
|
definitions provide information about specific status codes
|
|||
|
clients should be prepared to see in a response. However,
|
|||
|
clients MUST be able to handle other status codes, using the
|
|||
|
generic rules defined in Section 10 of [RFC2616].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
2. For PROPFIND and PROPPATCH, the format has been extended using
|
|||
|
the 'propstat' element instead of 'status', providing information
|
|||
|
about individual properties of a resource. This format is
|
|||
|
specific to PROPFIND and PROPPATCH, and is described in detail in
|
|||
|
Sections 9.1 and 9.2.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
13.1. Response Headers
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP defines the Location header to indicate a preferred URL for the
|
|||
|
resource that was addressed in the Request-URI (e.g., in response to
|
|||
|
successful PUT requests or in redirect responses). However, use of
|
|||
|
this header creates ambiguity when there are URLs in the body of the
|
|||
|
response, as with Multi-Status. Thus, use of the Location header
|
|||
|
with the Multi-Status response is intentionally undefined.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 80]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
13.2. Handling Redirected Child Resources
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Redirect responses (300-303, 305, and 307) defined in HTTP 1.1
|
|||
|
normally take a Location header to indicate the new URI for the
|
|||
|
single resource redirected from the Request-URI. Multi-Status
|
|||
|
responses contain many resource addresses, but the original
|
|||
|
definition in [RFC2518] did not have any place for the server to
|
|||
|
provide the new URI for redirected resources. This specification
|
|||
|
does define a 'location' element for this information (see
|
|||
|
Section 14.9). Servers MUST use this new element with redirect
|
|||
|
responses in Multi-Status.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Clients encountering redirected resources in Multi-Status MUST NOT
|
|||
|
rely on the 'location' element being present with a new URI. If the
|
|||
|
element is not present, the client MAY reissue the request to the
|
|||
|
individual redirected resource, because the response to that request
|
|||
|
can be redirected with a Location header containing the new URI.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
13.3. Internal Status Codes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Sections 9.2.1, 9.1.2, 9.6.1, 9.8.3, and 9.9.2 define various status
|
|||
|
codes used in Multi-Status responses. This specification does not
|
|||
|
define the meaning of other status codes that could appear in these
|
|||
|
responses.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14. XML Element Definitions
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this section, the final line of each section gives the element
|
|||
|
type declaration using the format defined in [REC-XML]. The "Value"
|
|||
|
field, where present, specifies further restrictions on the allowable
|
|||
|
contents of the XML element using BNF (i.e., to further restrict the
|
|||
|
values of a PCDATA element). Note that all of the elements defined
|
|||
|
here may be extended according to the rules defined in Section 17.
|
|||
|
All elements defined here are in the "DAV:" namespace.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.1. activelock XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: activelock
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Describes a lock on a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT activelock (lockscope, locktype, depth, owner?, timeout?,
|
|||
|
locktoken?, lockroot)>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 81]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.2. allprop XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: allprop
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Specifies that all names and values of dead properties and
|
|||
|
the live properties defined by this document existing on the
|
|||
|
resource are to be returned.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT allprop EMPTY >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.3. collection XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: collection
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Identifies the associated resource as a collection. The
|
|||
|
DAV:resourcetype property of a collection resource MUST contain
|
|||
|
this element. It is normally empty but extensions may add sub-
|
|||
|
elements.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT collection EMPTY >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.4. depth XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: depth
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Used for representing depth values in XML content (e.g.,
|
|||
|
in lock information).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Value: "0" | "1" | "infinity"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT depth (#PCDATA) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.5. error XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: error
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Error responses, particularly 403 Forbidden and 409
|
|||
|
Conflict, sometimes need more information to indicate what went
|
|||
|
wrong. In these cases, servers MAY return an XML response body
|
|||
|
with a document element of 'error', containing child elements
|
|||
|
identifying particular condition codes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: Contains at least one XML element, and MUST NOT
|
|||
|
contain text or mixed content. Any element that is a child of the
|
|||
|
'error' element is considered to be a precondition or
|
|||
|
postcondition code. Unrecognized elements MUST be ignored.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT error ANY >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 82]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.6. exclusive XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: exclusive
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Specifies an exclusive lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT exclusive EMPTY >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.7. href XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: href
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: MUST contain a URI or a relative reference.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: There may be limits on the value of 'href' depending
|
|||
|
on the context of its use. Refer to the specification text where
|
|||
|
'href' is used to see what limitations apply in each case.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Value: Simple-ref
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT href (#PCDATA)>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.8. include XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: include
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Any child element represents the name of a property to be
|
|||
|
included in the PROPFIND response. All elements inside an
|
|||
|
'include' XML element MUST define properties related to the
|
|||
|
resource, although possible property names are in no way limited
|
|||
|
to those property names defined in this document or other
|
|||
|
standards. This element MUST NOT contain text or mixed content.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT include ANY >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.9. location XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: location
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: HTTP defines the "Location" header (see [RFC2616], Section
|
|||
|
14.30) for use with some status codes (such as 201 and the 300
|
|||
|
series codes). When these codes are used inside a 'multistatus'
|
|||
|
element, the 'location' element can be used to provide the
|
|||
|
accompanying Location header value.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 83]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: Contains a single href element with the same value
|
|||
|
that would be used in a Location header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT location (href)>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.10. lockentry XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: lockentry
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Defines the types of locks that can be used with the
|
|||
|
resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT lockentry (lockscope, locktype) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.11. lockinfo XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: lockinfo
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: The 'lockinfo' XML element is used with a LOCK method to
|
|||
|
specify the type of lock the client wishes to have created.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT lockinfo (lockscope, locktype, owner?) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.12. lockroot XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: lockroot
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Contains the root URL of the lock, which is the URL
|
|||
|
through which the resource was addressed in the LOCK request.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: The href element contains the root of the lock. The
|
|||
|
server SHOULD include this in all DAV:lockdiscovery property
|
|||
|
values and the response to LOCK requests.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT lockroot (href) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.13. lockscope XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: lockscope
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Specifies whether a lock is an exclusive lock, or a shared
|
|||
|
lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT lockscope (exclusive | shared) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 84]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.14. locktoken XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: locktoken
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: The lock token associated with a lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: The href contains a single lock token URI, which
|
|||
|
refers to the lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT locktoken (href) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.15. locktype XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: locktype
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Specifies the access type of a lock. At present, this
|
|||
|
specification only defines one lock type, the write lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT locktype (write) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.16. multistatus XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: multistatus
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Contains multiple response messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: The 'responsedescription' element at the top level is
|
|||
|
used to provide a general message describing the overarching
|
|||
|
nature of the response. If this value is available, an
|
|||
|
application may use it instead of presenting the individual
|
|||
|
response descriptions contained within the responses.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT multistatus (response*, responsedescription?) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.17. owner XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: owner
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Holds client-supplied information about the creator of a
|
|||
|
lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: Allows a client to provide information sufficient for
|
|||
|
either directly contacting a principal (such as a telephone number
|
|||
|
or Email URI), or for discovering the principal (such as the URL
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 85]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
of a homepage) who created a lock. The value provided MUST be
|
|||
|
treated as a dead property in terms of XML Information Item
|
|||
|
preservation. The server MUST NOT alter the value unless the
|
|||
|
owner value provided by the client is empty. For a certain amount
|
|||
|
of interoperability between different client implementations, if
|
|||
|
clients have URI-formatted contact information for the lock
|
|||
|
creator suitable for user display, then clients SHOULD put those
|
|||
|
URIs in 'href' child elements of the 'owner' element.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Extensibility: MAY be extended with child elements, mixed content,
|
|||
|
text content or attributes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT owner ANY >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.18. prop XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: prop
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Contains properties related to a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: A generic container for properties defined on
|
|||
|
resources. All elements inside a 'prop' XML element MUST define
|
|||
|
properties related to the resource, although possible property
|
|||
|
names are in no way limited to those property names defined in
|
|||
|
this document or other standards. This element MUST NOT contain
|
|||
|
text or mixed content.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT prop ANY >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.19. propertyupdate XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: propertyupdate
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Contains a request to alter the properties on a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: This XML element is a container for the information
|
|||
|
required to modify the properties on the resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT propertyupdate (remove | set)+ >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.20. propfind XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: propfind
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 86]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Specifies the properties to be returned from a PROPFIND
|
|||
|
method. Four special elements are specified for use with
|
|||
|
'propfind': 'prop', 'allprop', 'include', and 'propname'. If
|
|||
|
'prop' is used inside 'propfind', it MUST NOT contain property
|
|||
|
values.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT propfind ( propname | (allprop, include?) | prop ) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.21. propname XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: propname
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Specifies that only a list of property names on the
|
|||
|
resource is to be returned.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT propname EMPTY >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.22. propstat XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: propstat
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Groups together a prop and status element that is
|
|||
|
associated with a particular 'href' element.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: The propstat XML element MUST contain one prop XML
|
|||
|
element and one status XML element. The contents of the prop XML
|
|||
|
element MUST only list the names of properties to which the result
|
|||
|
in the status element applies. The optional precondition/
|
|||
|
postcondition element and 'responsedescription' text also apply to
|
|||
|
the properties named in 'prop'.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT propstat (prop, status, error?, responsedescription?) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.23. remove XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: remove
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Lists the properties to be removed from a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: Remove instructs that the properties specified in prop
|
|||
|
should be removed. Specifying the removal of a property that does
|
|||
|
not exist is not an error. All the XML elements in a 'prop' XML
|
|||
|
element inside of a 'remove' XML element MUST be empty, as only
|
|||
|
the names of properties to be removed are required.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT remove (prop) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 87]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.24. response XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Holds a single response describing the effect of a method
|
|||
|
on resource and/or its properties.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: The 'href' element contains an HTTP URL pointing to a
|
|||
|
WebDAV resource when used in the 'response' container. A
|
|||
|
particular 'href' value MUST NOT appear more than once as the
|
|||
|
child of a 'response' XML element under a 'multistatus' XML
|
|||
|
element. This requirement is necessary in order to keep
|
|||
|
processing costs for a response to linear time. Essentially, this
|
|||
|
prevents having to search in order to group together all the
|
|||
|
responses by 'href'. There are, however, no requirements
|
|||
|
regarding ordering based on 'href' values. The optional
|
|||
|
precondition/postcondition element and 'responsedescription' text
|
|||
|
can provide additional information about this resource relative to
|
|||
|
the request or result.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT response (href, ((href*, status)|(propstat+)),
|
|||
|
error?, responsedescription? , location?) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.25. responsedescription XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: responsedescription
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Contains information about a status response within a
|
|||
|
Multi-Status.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: Provides information suitable to be presented to a
|
|||
|
user.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT responsedescription (#PCDATA) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.26. set XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: set
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Lists the property values to be set for a resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: The 'set' element MUST contain only a 'prop' element.
|
|||
|
The elements contained by the 'prop' element inside the 'set'
|
|||
|
element MUST specify the name and value of properties that are set
|
|||
|
on the resource identified by Request-URI. If a property already
|
|||
|
exists, then its value is replaced. Language tagging information
|
|||
|
appearing in the scope of the 'prop' element (in the "xml:lang"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 88]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
attribute, if present) MUST be persistently stored along with the
|
|||
|
property, and MUST be subsequently retrievable using PROPFIND.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT set (prop) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.27. shared XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: shared
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Specifies a shared lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT shared EMPTY >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.28. status XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: status
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Holds a single HTTP status-line.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Value: status-line (defined in Section 6.1 of [RFC2616])
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT status (#PCDATA) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.29. timeout XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: timeout
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: The number of seconds remaining before a lock expires.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Value: TimeType (defined in Section 10.7)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT timeout (#PCDATA) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
14.30. write XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: write
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Specifies a write lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT write EMPTY >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 89]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15. DAV Properties
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For DAV properties, the name of the property is also the same as the
|
|||
|
name of the XML element that contains its value. In the section
|
|||
|
below, the final line of each section gives the element type
|
|||
|
declaration using the format defined in [REC-XML]. The "Value"
|
|||
|
field, where present, specifies further restrictions on the allowable
|
|||
|
contents of the XML element using BNF (i.e., to further restrict the
|
|||
|
values of a PCDATA element).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A protected property is one that cannot be changed with a PROPPATCH
|
|||
|
request. There may be other requests that would result in a change
|
|||
|
to a protected property (as when a LOCK request affects the value of
|
|||
|
DAV:lockdiscovery). Note that a given property could be protected on
|
|||
|
one type of resource, but not protected on another type of resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A computed property is one with a value defined in terms of a
|
|||
|
computation (based on the content and other properties of that
|
|||
|
resource, or even of some other resource). A computed property is
|
|||
|
always a protected property.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY and MOVE behavior refers to local COPY and MOVE operations.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For properties defined based on HTTP GET response headers (DAV:get*),
|
|||
|
the header value could include LWS as defined in [RFC2616], Section
|
|||
|
4.2. Server implementors SHOULD strip LWS from these values before
|
|||
|
using as WebDAV property values.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.1. creationdate Property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: creationdate
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Records the time and date the resource was created.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Value: date-time (defined in [RFC3339], see the ABNF in Section
|
|||
|
5.6.)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Protected: MAY be protected. Some servers allow DAV:creationdate
|
|||
|
to be changed to reflect the time the document was created if that
|
|||
|
is more meaningful to the user (rather than the time it was
|
|||
|
uploaded). Thus, clients SHOULD NOT use this property in
|
|||
|
synchronization logic (use DAV:getetag instead).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY/MOVE behavior: This property value SHOULD be kept during a
|
|||
|
MOVE operation, but is normally re-initialized when a resource is
|
|||
|
created with a COPY. It should not be set in a COPY.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 90]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: The DAV:creationdate property SHOULD be defined on all
|
|||
|
DAV compliant resources. If present, it contains a timestamp of
|
|||
|
the moment when the resource was created. Servers that are
|
|||
|
incapable of persistently recording the creation date SHOULD
|
|||
|
instead leave it undefined (i.e. report "Not Found").
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT creationdate (#PCDATA) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.2. displayname Property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: displayname
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Provides a name for the resource that is suitable for
|
|||
|
presentation to a user.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Value: Any text.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Protected: SHOULD NOT be protected. Note that servers implementing
|
|||
|
[RFC2518] might have made this a protected property as this is a
|
|||
|
new requirement.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY/MOVE behavior: This property value SHOULD be preserved in COPY
|
|||
|
and MOVE operations.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: Contains a description of the resource that is
|
|||
|
suitable for presentation to a user. This property is defined on
|
|||
|
the resource, and hence SHOULD have the same value independent of
|
|||
|
the Request-URI used to retrieve it (thus, computing this property
|
|||
|
based on the Request-URI is deprecated). While generic clients
|
|||
|
might display the property value to end users, client UI designers
|
|||
|
must understand that the method for identifying resources is still
|
|||
|
the URL. Changes to DAV:displayname do not issue moves or copies
|
|||
|
to the server, but simply change a piece of meta-data on the
|
|||
|
individual resource. Two resources can have the same DAV:
|
|||
|
displayname value even within the same collection.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT displayname (#PCDATA) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.3. getcontentlanguage Property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: getcontentlanguage
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Contains the Content-Language header value (from Section
|
|||
|
14.12 of [RFC2616]) as it would be returned by a GET without
|
|||
|
accept headers.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Value: language-tag (language-tag is defined in Section 3.10 of
|
|||
|
[RFC2616])
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 91]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Protected: SHOULD NOT be protected, so that clients can reset the
|
|||
|
language. Note that servers implementing [RFC2518] might have
|
|||
|
made this a protected property as this is a new requirement.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY/MOVE behavior: This property value SHOULD be preserved in COPY
|
|||
|
and MOVE operations.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: The DAV:getcontentlanguage property MUST be defined on
|
|||
|
any DAV-compliant resource that returns the Content-Language
|
|||
|
header on a GET.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT getcontentlanguage (#PCDATA) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.4. getcontentlength Property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: getcontentlength
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Contains the Content-Length header returned by a GET
|
|||
|
without accept headers.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Value: See Section 14.13 of [RFC2616].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Protected: This property is computed, therefore protected.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: The DAV:getcontentlength property MUST be defined on
|
|||
|
any DAV-compliant resource that returns the Content-Length header
|
|||
|
in response to a GET.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY/MOVE behavior: This property value is dependent on the size of
|
|||
|
the destination resource, not the value of the property on the
|
|||
|
source resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT getcontentlength (#PCDATA) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.5. getcontenttype Property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: getcontenttype
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Contains the Content-Type header value (from Section 14.17
|
|||
|
of [RFC2616]) as it would be returned by a GET without accept
|
|||
|
headers.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Value: media-type (defined in Section 3.7 of [RFC2616])
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Protected: Potentially protected if the server prefers to assign
|
|||
|
content types on its own (see also discussion in Section 9.7.1).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 92]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY/MOVE behavior: This property value SHOULD be preserved in COPY
|
|||
|
and MOVE operations.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: This property MUST be defined on any DAV-compliant
|
|||
|
resource that returns the Content-Type header in response to a
|
|||
|
GET.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT getcontenttype (#PCDATA) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.6. getetag Property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: getetag
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Contains the ETag header value (from Section 14.19 of
|
|||
|
[RFC2616]) as it would be returned by a GET without accept
|
|||
|
headers.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Value: entity-tag (defined in Section 3.11 of [RFC2616])
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Protected: MUST be protected because this value is created and
|
|||
|
controlled by the server.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY/MOVE behavior: This property value is dependent on the final
|
|||
|
state of the destination resource, not the value of the property
|
|||
|
on the source resource. Also note the considerations in
|
|||
|
Section 8.8.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: The getetag property MUST be defined on any DAV-
|
|||
|
compliant resource that returns the Etag header. Refer to Section
|
|||
|
3.11 of RFC 2616 for a complete definition of the semantics of an
|
|||
|
ETag, and to Section 8.6 for a discussion of ETags in WebDAV.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT getetag (#PCDATA) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.7. getlastmodified Property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: getlastmodified
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Contains the Last-Modified header value (from Section
|
|||
|
14.29 of [RFC2616]) as it would be returned by a GET method
|
|||
|
without accept headers.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Value: rfc1123-date (defined in Section 3.3.1 of [RFC2616])
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Protected: SHOULD be protected because some clients may rely on the
|
|||
|
value for appropriate caching behavior, or on the value of the
|
|||
|
Last-Modified header to which this property is linked.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 93]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY/MOVE behavior: This property value is dependent on the last
|
|||
|
modified date of the destination resource, not the value of the
|
|||
|
property on the source resource. Note that some server
|
|||
|
implementations use the file system date modified value for the
|
|||
|
DAV:getlastmodified value, and this can be preserved in a MOVE
|
|||
|
even when the HTTP Last-Modified value SHOULD change. Note that
|
|||
|
since [RFC2616] requires clients to use ETags where provided, a
|
|||
|
server implementing ETags can count on clients using a much better
|
|||
|
mechanism than modification dates for offline synchronization or
|
|||
|
cache control. Also note the considerations in Section 8.8.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: The last-modified date on a resource SHOULD only
|
|||
|
reflect changes in the body (the GET responses) of the resource.
|
|||
|
A change in a property only SHOULD NOT cause the last-modified
|
|||
|
date to change, because clients MAY rely on the last-modified date
|
|||
|
to know when to overwrite the existing body. The DAV:
|
|||
|
getlastmodified property MUST be defined on any DAV-compliant
|
|||
|
resource that returns the Last-Modified header in response to a
|
|||
|
GET.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT getlastmodified (#PCDATA) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.8. lockdiscovery Property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: lockdiscovery
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Describes the active locks on a resource
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Protected: MUST be protected. Clients change the list of locks
|
|||
|
through LOCK and UNLOCK, not through PROPPATCH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY/MOVE behavior: The value of this property depends on the lock
|
|||
|
state of the destination, not on the locks of the source resource.
|
|||
|
Recall that locks are not moved in a MOVE operation.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: Returns a listing of who has a lock, what type of lock
|
|||
|
he has, the timeout type and the time remaining on the timeout,
|
|||
|
and the associated lock token. Owner information MAY be omitted
|
|||
|
if it is considered sensitive. If there are no locks, but the
|
|||
|
server supports locks, the property will be present but contain
|
|||
|
zero 'activelock' elements. If there are one or more locks, an
|
|||
|
'activelock' element appears for each lock on the resource. This
|
|||
|
property is NOT lockable with respect to write locks (Section 7).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT lockdiscovery (activelock)* >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 94]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.8.1. Example - Retrieving DAV:lockdiscovery
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PROPFIND /container/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:propfind xmlns:D='DAV:'>
|
|||
|
<D:prop><D:lockdiscovery/></D:prop>
|
|||
|
</D:propfind>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:multistatus xmlns:D='DAV:'>
|
|||
|
<D:response>
|
|||
|
<D:href>http://www.example.com/container/</D:href>
|
|||
|
<D:propstat>
|
|||
|
<D:prop>
|
|||
|
<D:lockdiscovery>
|
|||
|
<D:activelock>
|
|||
|
<D:locktype><D:write/></D:locktype>
|
|||
|
<D:lockscope><D:exclusive/></D:lockscope>
|
|||
|
<D:depth>0</D:depth>
|
|||
|
<D:owner>Jane Smith</D:owner>
|
|||
|
<D:timeout>Infinite</D:timeout>
|
|||
|
<D:locktoken>
|
|||
|
<D:href
|
|||
|
>urn:uuid:f81de2ad-7f3d-a1b2-4f3c-00a0c91a9d76</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:locktoken>
|
|||
|
<D:lockroot>
|
|||
|
<D:href>http://www.example.com/container/</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:lockroot>
|
|||
|
</D:activelock>
|
|||
|
</D:lockdiscovery>
|
|||
|
</D:prop>
|
|||
|
<D:status>HTTP/1.1 200 OK</D:status>
|
|||
|
</D:propstat>
|
|||
|
</D:response>
|
|||
|
</D:multistatus>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 95]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This resource has a single exclusive write lock on it, with an
|
|||
|
infinite timeout.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.9. resourcetype Property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: resourcetype
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: Specifies the nature of the resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Protected: SHOULD be protected. Resource type is generally decided
|
|||
|
through the operation creating the resource (MKCOL vs PUT), not by
|
|||
|
PROPPATCH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY/MOVE behavior: Generally a COPY/MOVE of a resource results in
|
|||
|
the same type of resource at the destination.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: MUST be defined on all DAV-compliant resources. Each
|
|||
|
child element identifies a specific type the resource belongs to,
|
|||
|
such as 'collection', which is the only resource type defined by
|
|||
|
this specification (see Section 14.3). If the element contains
|
|||
|
the 'collection' child element plus additional unrecognized
|
|||
|
elements, it should generally be treated as a collection. If the
|
|||
|
element contains no recognized child elements, it should be
|
|||
|
treated as a non-collection resource. The default value is empty.
|
|||
|
This element MUST NOT contain text or mixed content. Any custom
|
|||
|
child element is considered to be an identifier for a resource
|
|||
|
type.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example: (fictional example to show extensibility)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<x:resourcetype xmlns:x="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<x:collection/>
|
|||
|
<f:search-results xmlns:f="http://www.example.com/ns"/>
|
|||
|
</x:resourcetype>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.10. supportedlock Property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: supportedlock
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: To provide a listing of the lock capabilities supported by
|
|||
|
the resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Protected: MUST be protected. Servers, not clients, determine what
|
|||
|
lock mechanisms are supported.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 96]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COPY/MOVE behavior: This property value is dependent on the kind of
|
|||
|
locks supported at the destination, not on the value of the
|
|||
|
property at the source resource. Servers attempting to COPY to a
|
|||
|
destination should not attempt to set this property at the
|
|||
|
destination.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Description: Returns a listing of the combinations of scope and
|
|||
|
access types that may be specified in a lock request on the
|
|||
|
resource. Note that the actual contents are themselves controlled
|
|||
|
by access controls, so a server is not required to provide
|
|||
|
information the client is not authorized to see. This property is
|
|||
|
NOT lockable with respect to write locks (Section 7).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT supportedlock (lockentry)* >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
15.10.1. Example - Retrieving DAV:supportedlock
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PROPFIND /container/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:propfind xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:prop><D:supportedlock/></D:prop>
|
|||
|
</D:propfind>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:multistatus xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:response>
|
|||
|
<D:href>http://www.example.com/container/</D:href>
|
|||
|
<D:propstat>
|
|||
|
<D:prop>
|
|||
|
<D:supportedlock>
|
|||
|
<D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
<D:lockscope><D:exclusive/></D:lockscope>
|
|||
|
<D:locktype><D:write/></D:locktype>
|
|||
|
</D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
<D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
<D:lockscope><D:shared/></D:lockscope>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 97]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<D:locktype><D:write/></D:locktype>
|
|||
|
</D:lockentry>
|
|||
|
</D:supportedlock>
|
|||
|
</D:prop>
|
|||
|
<D:status>HTTP/1.1 200 OK</D:status>
|
|||
|
</D:propstat>
|
|||
|
</D:response>
|
|||
|
</D:multistatus>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
16. Precondition/Postcondition XML Elements
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
As introduced in Section 8.7, extra information on error conditions
|
|||
|
can be included in the body of many status responses. This section
|
|||
|
makes requirements on the use of the error body mechanism and
|
|||
|
introduces a number of precondition and postcondition codes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A "precondition" of a method describes the state of the server that
|
|||
|
must be true for that method to be performed. A "postcondition" of a
|
|||
|
method describes the state of the server that must be true after that
|
|||
|
method has been completed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Each precondition and postcondition has a unique XML element
|
|||
|
associated with it. In a 207 Multi-Status response, the XML element
|
|||
|
MUST appear inside an 'error' element in the appropriate 'propstat or
|
|||
|
'response' element depending on whether the condition applies to one
|
|||
|
or more properties or to the resource as a whole. In all other error
|
|||
|
responses where this specification's 'error' body is used, the
|
|||
|
precondition/postcondition XML element MUST be returned as the child
|
|||
|
of a top-level 'error' element in the response body, unless otherwise
|
|||
|
negotiated by the request, along with an appropriate response status.
|
|||
|
The most common response status codes are 403 (Forbidden) if the
|
|||
|
request should not be repeated because it will always fail, and 409
|
|||
|
(Conflict) if it is expected that the user might be able to resolve
|
|||
|
the conflict and resubmit the request. The 'error' element MAY
|
|||
|
contain child elements with specific error information and MAY be
|
|||
|
extended with any custom child elements.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This mechanism does not take the place of using a correct numeric
|
|||
|
status code as defined here or in HTTP, because the client must
|
|||
|
always be able to take a reasonable course of action based only on
|
|||
|
the numeric code. However, it does remove the need to define new
|
|||
|
numeric codes. The new machine-readable codes used for this purpose
|
|||
|
are XML elements classified as preconditions and postconditions, so
|
|||
|
naturally, any group defining a new condition code can use their own
|
|||
|
namespace. As always, the "DAV:" namespace is reserved for use by
|
|||
|
IETF-chartered WebDAV working groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 98]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A server supporting this specification SHOULD use the XML error
|
|||
|
whenever a precondition or postcondition defined in this document is
|
|||
|
violated. For error conditions not specified in this document, the
|
|||
|
server MAY simply choose an appropriate numeric status and leave the
|
|||
|
response body blank. However, a server MAY instead use a custom
|
|||
|
condition code and other supporting text, because even when clients
|
|||
|
do not automatically recognize condition codes, they can be quite
|
|||
|
useful in interoperability testing and debugging.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example - Response with precondition code
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Response
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP/1.1 423 Locked
|
|||
|
Content-Type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:error xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:lock-token-submitted>
|
|||
|
<D:href>/workspace/webdav/</D:href>
|
|||
|
</D:lock-token-submitted>
|
|||
|
</D:error>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, a client unaware of a depth-infinity lock on the
|
|||
|
parent collection "/workspace/webdav/" attempted to modify the
|
|||
|
collection member "/workspace/webdav/proposal.doc".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Some other useful preconditions and postconditions have been defined
|
|||
|
in other specifications extending WebDAV, such as [RFC3744] (see
|
|||
|
particularly Section 7.1.1), [RFC3253], and [RFC3648].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
All these elements are in the "DAV:" namespace. If not specified
|
|||
|
otherwise, the content for each condition's XML element is defined to
|
|||
|
be empty.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: lock-token-matches-request-uri
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use with: 409 Conflict
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: (precondition) -- A request may include a Lock-Token header
|
|||
|
to identify a lock for the UNLOCK method. However, if the
|
|||
|
Request-URI does not fall within the scope of the lock identified
|
|||
|
by the token, the server SHOULD use this error. The lock may have
|
|||
|
a scope that does not include the Request-URI, or the lock could
|
|||
|
have disappeared, or the token may be invalid.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 99]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: lock-token-submitted (precondition)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use with: 423 Locked
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: The request could not succeed because a lock token should
|
|||
|
have been submitted. This element, if present, MUST contain at
|
|||
|
least one URL of a locked resource that prevented the request. In
|
|||
|
cases of MOVE, COPY, and DELETE where collection locks are
|
|||
|
involved, it can be difficult for the client to find out which
|
|||
|
locked resource made the request fail -- but the server is only
|
|||
|
responsible for returning one such locked resource. The server
|
|||
|
MAY return every locked resource that prevented the request from
|
|||
|
succeeding if it knows them all.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT lock-token-submitted (href+) >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: no-conflicting-lock (precondition)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use with: Typically 423 Locked
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: A LOCK request failed due the presence of an already
|
|||
|
existing conflicting lock. Note that a lock can be in conflict
|
|||
|
although the resource to which the request was directed is only
|
|||
|
indirectly locked. In this case, the precondition code can be
|
|||
|
used to inform the client about the resource that is the root of
|
|||
|
the conflicting lock, avoiding a separate lookup of the
|
|||
|
"lockdiscovery" property.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<!ELEMENT no-conflicting-lock (href)* >
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: no-external-entities
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use with: 403 Forbidden
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: (precondition) -- If the server rejects a client request
|
|||
|
because the request body contains an external entity, the server
|
|||
|
SHOULD use this error.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: preserved-live-properties
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use with: 409 Conflict
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: (postcondition) -- The server received an otherwise-valid
|
|||
|
MOVE or COPY request, but cannot maintain the live properties with
|
|||
|
the same behavior at the destination. It may be that the server
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 100]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
only supports some live properties in some parts of the
|
|||
|
repository, or simply has an internal error.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: propfind-finite-depth
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use with: 403 Forbidden
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: (precondition) -- This server does not allow infinite-depth
|
|||
|
PROPFIND requests on collections.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name: cannot-modify-protected-property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use with: 403 Forbidden
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Purpose: (precondition) -- The client attempted to set a protected
|
|||
|
property in a PROPPATCH (such as DAV:getetag). See also
|
|||
|
[RFC3253], Section 3.12.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
17. XML Extensibility in DAV
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The XML namespace extension ([REC-XML-NAMES]) is used in this
|
|||
|
specification in order to allow for new XML elements to be added
|
|||
|
without fear of colliding with other element names. Although WebDAV
|
|||
|
request and response bodies can be extended by arbitrary XML
|
|||
|
elements, which can be ignored by the message recipient, an XML
|
|||
|
element in the "DAV:" namespace SHOULD NOT be used in the request or
|
|||
|
response body unless that XML element is explicitly defined in an
|
|||
|
IETF RFC reviewed by a WebDAV working group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For WebDAV to be both extensible and backwards-compatible, both
|
|||
|
clients and servers need to know how to behave when unexpected or
|
|||
|
unrecognized command extensions are received. For XML processing,
|
|||
|
this means that clients and servers MUST process received XML
|
|||
|
documents as if unexpected elements and attributes (and all children
|
|||
|
of unrecognized elements) were not there. An unexpected element or
|
|||
|
attribute includes one that may be used in another context but is not
|
|||
|
expected here. Ignoring such items for purposes of processing can of
|
|||
|
course be consistent with logging all information or presenting for
|
|||
|
debugging.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This restriction also applies to the processing, by clients, of DAV
|
|||
|
property values where unexpected XML elements SHOULD be ignored
|
|||
|
unless the property's schema declares otherwise.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This restriction does not apply to setting dead DAV properties on the
|
|||
|
server where the server MUST record all XML elements.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 101]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Additionally, this restriction does not apply to the use of XML where
|
|||
|
XML happens to be the content type of the entity body, for example,
|
|||
|
when used as the body of a PUT.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Processing instructions in XML SHOULD be ignored by recipients.
|
|||
|
Thus, specifications extending WebDAV SHOULD NOT use processing
|
|||
|
instructions to define normative behavior.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XML DTD fragments are included for all the XML elements defined in
|
|||
|
this specification. However, correct XML will not be valid according
|
|||
|
to any DTD due to namespace usage and extension rules. In
|
|||
|
particular:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Elements (from this specification) are in the "DAV:" namespace,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Element ordering is irrelevant unless otherwise stated,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Extension attributes MAY be added,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o For element type definitions of "ANY", the normative text
|
|||
|
definition for that element defines what can be in it and what
|
|||
|
that means.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o For element type definitions of "#PCDATA", extension elements MUST
|
|||
|
NOT be added.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o For other element type definitions, including "EMPTY", extension
|
|||
|
elements MAY be added.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that this means that elements containing elements cannot be
|
|||
|
extended to contain text, and vice versa.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With DTD validation relaxed by the rules above, the constraints
|
|||
|
described by the DTD fragments are normative (see for example
|
|||
|
Appendix A). A recipient of a WebDAV message with an XML body MUST
|
|||
|
NOT validate the XML document according to any hard-coded or
|
|||
|
dynamically-declared DTD.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that this section describes backwards-compatible extensibility
|
|||
|
rules. There might also be times when an extension is designed not
|
|||
|
to be backwards-compatible, for example, defining an extension that
|
|||
|
reuses an XML element defined in this document but omitting one of
|
|||
|
the child elements required by the DTDs in this specification.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 102]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
18. DAV Compliance Classes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A DAV-compliant resource can advertise several classes of compliance.
|
|||
|
A client can discover the compliance classes of a resource by
|
|||
|
executing OPTIONS on the resource and examining the "DAV" header
|
|||
|
which is returned. Note particularly that resources, rather than
|
|||
|
servers, are spoken of as being compliant. That is because
|
|||
|
theoretically some resources on a server could support different
|
|||
|
feature sets. For example, a server could have a sub-repository
|
|||
|
where an advanced feature like versioning was supported, even if that
|
|||
|
feature was not supported on all sub-repositories.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Since this document describes extensions to the HTTP/1.1 protocol,
|
|||
|
minimally all DAV-compliant resources, clients, and proxies MUST be
|
|||
|
compliant with [RFC2616].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A resource that is class 2 or class 3 compliant must also be class 1
|
|||
|
compliant.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
18.1. Class 1
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A class 1 compliant resource MUST meet all "MUST" requirements in all
|
|||
|
sections of this document.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Class 1 compliant resources MUST return, at minimum, the value "1" in
|
|||
|
the DAV header on all responses to the OPTIONS method.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
18.2. Class 2
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A class 2 compliant resource MUST meet all class 1 requirements and
|
|||
|
support the LOCK method, the DAV:supportedlock property, the DAV:
|
|||
|
lockdiscovery property, the Time-Out response header and the Lock-
|
|||
|
Token request header. A class 2 compliant resource SHOULD also
|
|||
|
support the Timeout request header and the 'owner' XML element.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Class 2 compliant resources MUST return, at minimum, the values "1"
|
|||
|
and "2" in the DAV header on all responses to the OPTIONS method.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
18.3. Class 3
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A resource can explicitly advertise its support for the revisions to
|
|||
|
[RFC2518] made in this document. Class 1 MUST be supported as well.
|
|||
|
Class 2 MAY be supported. Advertising class 3 support in addition to
|
|||
|
class 1 and 2 means that the server supports all the requirements in
|
|||
|
this specification. Advertising class 3 and class 1 support, but not
|
|||
|
class 2, means that the server supports all the requirements in this
|
|||
|
specification except possibly those that involve locking support.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 103]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DAV: 1, 3
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
19. Internationalization Considerations
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In the realm of internationalization, this specification complies
|
|||
|
with the IETF Character Set Policy [RFC2277]. In this specification,
|
|||
|
human-readable fields can be found either in the value of a property,
|
|||
|
or in an error message returned in a response entity body. In both
|
|||
|
cases, the human-readable content is encoded using XML, which has
|
|||
|
explicit provisions for character set tagging and encoding, and
|
|||
|
requires that XML processors read XML elements encoded, at minimum,
|
|||
|
using the UTF-8 [RFC3629] and UTF-16 [RFC2781] encodings of the ISO
|
|||
|
10646 multilingual plane. XML examples in this specification
|
|||
|
demonstrate use of the charset parameter of the Content-Type header
|
|||
|
(defined in [RFC3023]), as well as XML charset declarations.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XML also provides a language tagging capability for specifying the
|
|||
|
language of the contents of a particular XML element. The "xml:lang"
|
|||
|
attribute appears on an XML element to identify the language of its
|
|||
|
content and attributes. See [REC-XML] for definitions of values and
|
|||
|
scoping.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV applications MUST support the character set tagging, character
|
|||
|
set encoding, and the language tagging functionality of the XML
|
|||
|
specification. Implementors of WebDAV applications are strongly
|
|||
|
encouraged to read "XML Media Types" [RFC3023] for instruction on
|
|||
|
which MIME media type to use for XML transport, and on use of the
|
|||
|
charset parameter of the Content-Type header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Names used within this specification fall into four categories: names
|
|||
|
of protocol elements such as methods and headers, names of XML
|
|||
|
elements, names of properties, and names of conditions. Naming of
|
|||
|
protocol elements follows the precedent of HTTP, using English names
|
|||
|
encoded in US-ASCII for methods and headers. Since these protocol
|
|||
|
elements are not visible to users, and are simply long token
|
|||
|
identifiers, they do not need to support multiple languages.
|
|||
|
Similarly, the names of XML elements used in this specification are
|
|||
|
not visible to the user and hence do not need to support multiple
|
|||
|
languages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV property names are qualified XML names (pairs of XML namespace
|
|||
|
name and local name). Although some applications (e.g., a generic
|
|||
|
property viewer) will display property names directly to their users,
|
|||
|
it is expected that the typical application will use a fixed set of
|
|||
|
properties, and will provide a mapping from the property name and
|
|||
|
namespace to a human-readable field when displaying the property name
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 104]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
to a user. It is only in the case where the set of properties is not
|
|||
|
known ahead of time that an application need display a property name
|
|||
|
to a user. We recommend that applications provide human-readable
|
|||
|
property names wherever feasible.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For error reporting, we follow the convention of HTTP/1.1 status
|
|||
|
codes, including with each status code a short, English description
|
|||
|
of the code (e.g., 423 (Locked)). While the possibility exists that
|
|||
|
a poorly crafted user agent would display this message to a user,
|
|||
|
internationalized applications will ignore this message, and display
|
|||
|
an appropriate message in the user's language and character set.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Since interoperation of clients and servers does not require locale
|
|||
|
information, this specification does not specify any mechanism for
|
|||
|
transmission of this information.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
20. Security Considerations
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This section is provided to detail issues concerning security
|
|||
|
implications of which WebDAV applications need to be aware.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
All of the security considerations of HTTP/1.1 (discussed in
|
|||
|
[RFC2616]) and XML (discussed in [RFC3023]) also apply to WebDAV. In
|
|||
|
addition, the security risks inherent in remote authoring require
|
|||
|
stronger authentication technology, introduce several new privacy
|
|||
|
concerns, and may increase the hazards from poor server design.
|
|||
|
These issues are detailed below.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
20.1. Authentication of Clients
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Due to their emphasis on authoring, WebDAV servers need to use
|
|||
|
authentication technology to protect not just access to a network
|
|||
|
resource, but the integrity of the resource as well. Furthermore,
|
|||
|
the introduction of locking functionality requires support for
|
|||
|
authentication.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A password sent in the clear over an insecure channel is an
|
|||
|
inadequate means for protecting the accessibility and integrity of a
|
|||
|
resource as the password may be intercepted. Since Basic
|
|||
|
authentication for HTTP/1.1 performs essentially clear text
|
|||
|
transmission of a password, Basic authentication MUST NOT be used to
|
|||
|
authenticate a WebDAV client to a server unless the connection is
|
|||
|
secure. Furthermore, a WebDAV server MUST NOT send a Basic
|
|||
|
authentication challenge in a WWW-Authenticate header unless the
|
|||
|
connection is secure. An example of a secure connection would be a
|
|||
|
Transport Layer Security (TLS) connection employing a strong cipher
|
|||
|
suite and server authentication.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 105]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV applications MUST support the Digest authentication scheme
|
|||
|
[RFC2617]. Since Digest authentication verifies that both parties to
|
|||
|
a communication know a shared secret, a password, without having to
|
|||
|
send that secret in the clear, Digest authentication avoids the
|
|||
|
security problems inherent in Basic authentication while providing a
|
|||
|
level of authentication that is useful in a wide range of scenarios.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
20.2. Denial of Service
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Denial-of-service attacks are of special concern to WebDAV servers.
|
|||
|
WebDAV plus HTTP enables denial-of-service attacks on every part of a
|
|||
|
system's resources.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o The underlying storage can be attacked by PUTting extremely large
|
|||
|
files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Asking for recursive operations on large collections can attack
|
|||
|
processing time.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Making multiple pipelined requests on multiple connections can
|
|||
|
attack network connections.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV servers need to be aware of the possibility of a denial-of-
|
|||
|
service attack at all levels. The proper response to such an attack
|
|||
|
MAY be to simply drop the connection. Or, if the server is able to
|
|||
|
make a response, the server MAY use a 400-level status request such
|
|||
|
as 400 (Bad Request) and indicate why the request was refused (a 500-
|
|||
|
level status response would indicate that the problem is with the
|
|||
|
server, whereas unintentional DoS attacks are something the client is
|
|||
|
capable of remedying).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
20.3. Security through Obscurity
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV provides, through the PROPFIND method, a mechanism for listing
|
|||
|
the member resources of a collection. This greatly diminishes the
|
|||
|
effectiveness of security or privacy techniques that rely only on the
|
|||
|
difficulty of discovering the names of network resources. Users of
|
|||
|
WebDAV servers are encouraged to use access control techniques to
|
|||
|
prevent unwanted access to resources, rather than depending on the
|
|||
|
relative obscurity of their resource names.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
20.4. Privacy Issues Connected to Locks
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When submitting a lock request, a user agent may also submit an
|
|||
|
'owner' XML field giving contact information for the person taking
|
|||
|
out the lock (for those cases where a person, rather than a robot, is
|
|||
|
taking out the lock). This contact information is stored in a DAV:
|
|||
|
lockdiscovery property on the resource, and can be used by other
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 106]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
collaborators to begin negotiation over access to the resource.
|
|||
|
However, in many cases, this contact information can be very private,
|
|||
|
and should not be widely disseminated. Servers SHOULD limit read
|
|||
|
access to the DAV:lockdiscovery property as appropriate.
|
|||
|
Furthermore, user agents SHOULD provide control over whether contact
|
|||
|
information is sent at all, and if contact information is sent,
|
|||
|
control over exactly what information is sent.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
20.5. Privacy Issues Connected to Properties
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Since property values are typically used to hold information such as
|
|||
|
the author of a document, there is the possibility that privacy
|
|||
|
concerns could arise stemming from widespread access to a resource's
|
|||
|
property data. To reduce the risk of inadvertent release of private
|
|||
|
information via properties, servers are encouraged to develop access
|
|||
|
control mechanisms that separate read access to the resource body and
|
|||
|
read access to the resource's properties. This allows a user to
|
|||
|
control the dissemination of their property data without overly
|
|||
|
restricting access to the resource's contents.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
20.6. Implications of XML Entities
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XML supports a facility known as "external entities", defined in
|
|||
|
Section 4.2.2 of [REC-XML], which instructs an XML processor to
|
|||
|
retrieve and include additional XML. An external XML entity can be
|
|||
|
used to append or modify the document type declaration (DTD)
|
|||
|
associated with an XML document. An external XML entity can also be
|
|||
|
used to include XML within the content of an XML document. For non-
|
|||
|
validating XML, such as the XML used in this specification, including
|
|||
|
an external XML entity is not required by XML. However, XML does
|
|||
|
state that an XML processor may, at its discretion, include the
|
|||
|
external XML entity.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
External XML entities have no inherent trustworthiness and are
|
|||
|
subject to all the attacks that are endemic to any HTTP GET request.
|
|||
|
Furthermore, it is possible for an external XML entity to modify the
|
|||
|
DTD, and hence affect the final form of an XML document, in the worst
|
|||
|
case, significantly modifying its semantics or exposing the XML
|
|||
|
processor to the security risks discussed in [RFC3023]. Therefore,
|
|||
|
implementers must be aware that external XML entities should be
|
|||
|
treated as untrustworthy. If a server chooses not to handle external
|
|||
|
XML entities, it SHOULD respond to requests containing external
|
|||
|
entities with the 'no-external-entities' condition code.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There is also the scalability risk that would accompany a widely
|
|||
|
deployed application that made use of external XML entities. In this
|
|||
|
situation, it is possible that there would be significant numbers of
|
|||
|
requests for one external XML entity, potentially overloading any
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 107]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
server that fields requests for the resource containing the external
|
|||
|
XML entity.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Furthermore, there's also a risk based on the evaluation of "internal
|
|||
|
entities" as defined in Section 4.2.2 of [REC-XML]. A small,
|
|||
|
carefully crafted request using nested internal entities may require
|
|||
|
enormous amounts of memory and/or processing time to process. Server
|
|||
|
implementers should be aware of this risk and configure their XML
|
|||
|
parsers so that requests like these can be detected and rejected as
|
|||
|
early as possible.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
20.7. Risks Connected with Lock Tokens
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This specification encourages the use of "A Universally Unique
|
|||
|
Identifier (UUID) URN Namespace" ([RFC4122]) for lock tokens
|
|||
|
(Section 6.5), in order to guarantee their uniqueness across space
|
|||
|
and time. Version 1 UUIDs (defined in Section 4) MAY contain a
|
|||
|
"node" field that "consists of an IEEE 802 MAC address, usually the
|
|||
|
host address. For systems with multiple IEEE addresses, any
|
|||
|
available one can be used". Since a WebDAV server will issue many
|
|||
|
locks over its lifetime, the implication is that it may also be
|
|||
|
publicly exposing its IEEE 802 address.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There are several risks associated with exposure of IEEE 802
|
|||
|
addresses. Using the IEEE 802 address:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o It is possible to track the movement of hardware from subnet to
|
|||
|
subnet.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o It may be possible to identify the manufacturer of the hardware
|
|||
|
running a WebDAV server.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o It may be possible to determine the number of each type of
|
|||
|
computer running WebDAV.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This risk only applies to host-address-based UUID versions. Section
|
|||
|
4 of [RFC4122] describes several other mechanisms for generating
|
|||
|
UUIDs that do not involve the host address and therefore do not
|
|||
|
suffer from this risk.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
20.8. Hosting Malicious Content
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HTTP has the ability to host programs that are executed on client
|
|||
|
machines. These programs can take many forms including Web scripts,
|
|||
|
executables, plug-in modules, and macros in documents. WebDAV does
|
|||
|
not change any of the security concerns around these programs, yet
|
|||
|
often WebDAV is used in contexts where a wide range of users can
|
|||
|
publish documents on a server. The server might not have a close
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 108]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
trust relationship with the author that is publishing the document.
|
|||
|
Servers that allow clients to publish arbitrary content can usefully
|
|||
|
implement precautions to check that content published to the server
|
|||
|
is not harmful to other clients. Servers could do this by techniques
|
|||
|
such as restricting the types of content that is allowed to be
|
|||
|
published and running virus and malware detection software on
|
|||
|
published content. Servers can also mitigate the risk by having
|
|||
|
appropriate access restriction and authentication of users that are
|
|||
|
allowed to publish content to the server.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21. IANA Considerations
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21.1. New URI Schemes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This specification defines two URI schemes:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
1. the "opaquelocktoken" scheme defined in Appendix C, and
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
2. the "DAV" URI scheme, which historically was used in [RFC2518] to
|
|||
|
disambiguate WebDAV property and XML element names and which
|
|||
|
continues to be used for that purpose in this specification and
|
|||
|
others extending WebDAV. Creation of identifiers in the "DAV:"
|
|||
|
namespace is controlled by the IETF.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that defining new URI schemes for XML namespaces is now
|
|||
|
discouraged. "DAV:" was defined before standard best practices
|
|||
|
emerged.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21.2. XML Namespaces
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XML namespaces disambiguate WebDAV property names and XML elements.
|
|||
|
Any WebDAV user or application can define a new namespace in order to
|
|||
|
create custom properties or extend WebDAV XML syntax. IANA does not
|
|||
|
need to manage such namespaces, property names, or element names.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21.3. Message Header Fields
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The message header fields below should be added to the permanent
|
|||
|
registry (see [RFC3864]).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21.3.1. DAV
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Header field name: DAV
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Applicable protocol: http
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Status: standard
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 109]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Author/Change controller: IETF
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specification document: this specification (Section 10.1)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21.3.2. Depth
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Header field name: Depth
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Applicable protocol: http
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Status: standard
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Author/Change controller: IETF
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specification document: this specification (Section 10.2)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21.3.3. Destination
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Header field name: Destination
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Applicable protocol: http
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Status: standard
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Author/Change controller: IETF
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specification document: this specification (Section 10.3)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21.3.4. If
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Header field name: If
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Applicable protocol: http
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Status: standard
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Author/Change controller: IETF
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specification document: this specification (Section 10.4)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21.3.5. Lock-Token
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Header field name: Lock-Token
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Applicable protocol: http
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Status: standard
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 110]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Author/Change controller: IETF
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specification document: this specification (Section 10.5)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21.3.6. Overwrite
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Header field name: Overwrite
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Applicable protocol: http
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Status: standard
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Author/Change controller: IETF
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specification document: this specification (Section 10.6)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21.3.7. Timeout
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Header field name: Timeout
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Applicable protocol: http
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Status: standard
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Author/Change controller: IETF
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specification document: this specification (Section 10.7)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
21.4. HTTP Status Codes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This specification defines the HTTP status codes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o 207 Multi-Status (Section 11.1)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o 422 Unprocessable Entity (Section 11.2),
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o 423 Locked (Section 11.3),
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o 424 Failed Dependency (Section 11.4) and
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o 507 Insufficient Storage (Section 11.5),
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
to be updated in the registry at
|
|||
|
<http://www.iana.org/assignments/http-status-codes>.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note: the HTTP status code 102 (Processing) has been removed in this
|
|||
|
specification; its IANA registration should continue to reference RFC
|
|||
|
2518.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 111]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
22. Acknowledgements
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A specification such as this thrives on piercing critical review and
|
|||
|
withers from apathetic neglect. The authors gratefully acknowledge
|
|||
|
the contributions of the following people, whose insights were so
|
|||
|
valuable at every stage of our work.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Contributors to RFC 2518
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Terry Allen, Harald Alvestrand, Jim Amsden, Becky Anderson, Alan
|
|||
|
Babich, Sanford Barr, Dylan Barrell, Bernard Chester, Tim Berners-
|
|||
|
Lee, Dan Connolly, Jim Cunningham, Ron Daniel, Jr., Jim Davis, Keith
|
|||
|
Dawson, Mark Day, Brian Deen, Martin Duerst, David Durand, Lee
|
|||
|
Farrell, Chuck Fay, Wesley Felter, Roy Fielding, Mark Fisher, Alan
|
|||
|
Freier, George Florentine, Jim Gettys, Phill Hallam-Baker, Dennis
|
|||
|
Hamilton, Steve Henning, Mead Himelstein, Alex Hopmann, Andre van der
|
|||
|
Hoek, Ben Laurie, Paul Leach, Ora Lassila, Karen MacArthur, Steven
|
|||
|
Martin, Larry Masinter, Michael Mealling, Keith Moore, Thomas Narten,
|
|||
|
Henrik Nielsen, Kenji Ota, Bob Parker, Glenn Peterson, Jon Radoff,
|
|||
|
Saveen Reddy, Henry Sanders, Christopher Seiwald, Judith Slein, Mike
|
|||
|
Spreitzer, Einar Stefferud, Greg Stein, Ralph Swick, Kenji Takahashi,
|
|||
|
Richard N. Taylor, Robert Thau, John Turner, Sankar Virdhagriswaran,
|
|||
|
Fabio Vitali, Gregory Woodhouse, and Lauren Wood.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Two from this list deserve special mention. The contributions by
|
|||
|
Larry Masinter have been invaluable; he both helped the formation of
|
|||
|
the working group and patiently coached the authors along the way.
|
|||
|
In so many ways he has set high standards that we have toiled to
|
|||
|
meet. The contributions of Judith Slein were also invaluable; by
|
|||
|
clarifying the requirements and in patiently reviewing version after
|
|||
|
version, she both improved this specification and expanded our minds
|
|||
|
on document management.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
We would also like to thank John Turner for developing the XML DTD.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The authors of RFC 2518 were Yaron Goland, Jim Whitehead, A. Faizi,
|
|||
|
Steve Carter, and D. Jensen. Although their names had to be removed
|
|||
|
due to IETF author count restrictions, they can take credit for the
|
|||
|
majority of the design of WebDAV.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Additional Acknowledgements for This Specification
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Significant contributors of text for this specification are listed as
|
|||
|
contributors in the section below. We must also gratefully
|
|||
|
acknowledge Geoff Clemm, Joel Soderberg, and Dan Brotsky for hashing
|
|||
|
out specific text on the list or in meetings. Joe Hildebrand and
|
|||
|
Cullen Jennings helped close many issues. Barry Lind described an
|
|||
|
additional security consideration and Cullen Jennings provided text
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 112]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for that consideration. Jason Crawford tracked issue status for this
|
|||
|
document for a period of years, followed by Elias Sinderson.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
23. Contributors to This Specification
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Julian Reschke
|
|||
|
<green/>bytes GmbH
|
|||
|
Hafenweg 16, 48155 Muenster, Germany
|
|||
|
EMail: julian.reschke@greenbytes.de
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Elias Sinderson
|
|||
|
University of California, Santa Cruz
|
|||
|
1156 High Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95064
|
|||
|
EMail: elias@cse.ucsc.edu
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Jim Whitehead
|
|||
|
University of California, Santa Cruz
|
|||
|
1156 High Street, Santa Cruz, CA 95064
|
|||
|
EMail: ejw@soe.ucsc.edu
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
24. Authors of RFC 2518
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Y. Y. Goland
|
|||
|
Microsoft Corporation
|
|||
|
One Microsoft Way
|
|||
|
Redmond, WA 98052-6399
|
|||
|
EMail: yarong@microsoft.com
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
E. J. Whitehead, Jr.
|
|||
|
Dept. Of Information and Computer Science
|
|||
|
University of California, Irvine
|
|||
|
Irvine, CA 92697-3425
|
|||
|
EMail: ejw@ics.uci.edu
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A. Faizi
|
|||
|
Netscape
|
|||
|
685 East Middlefield Road
|
|||
|
Mountain View, CA 94043
|
|||
|
EMail: asad@netscape.com
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 113]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
S. R. Carter
|
|||
|
Novell
|
|||
|
1555 N. Technology Way
|
|||
|
M/S ORM F111
|
|||
|
Orem, UT 84097-2399
|
|||
|
EMail: srcarter@novell.com
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
D. Jensen
|
|||
|
Novell
|
|||
|
1555 N. Technology Way
|
|||
|
M/S ORM F111
|
|||
|
Orem, UT 84097-2399
|
|||
|
EMail: dcjensen@novell.com
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
25. References
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
25.1. Normative References
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[REC-XML] Bray, T., Paoli, J., Sperberg-McQueen, C., Maler,
|
|||
|
E., and F. Yergeau, "Extensible Markup Language
|
|||
|
(XML) 1.0 (Fourth Edition)", W3C REC-xml-20060816,
|
|||
|
August 2006,
|
|||
|
<http://www.w3.org/TR/2006/REC-xml-20060816/>.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[REC-XML-INFOSET] Cowan, J. and R. Tobin, "XML Information Set
|
|||
|
(Second Edition)", W3C REC-xml-infoset-20040204,
|
|||
|
February 2004, <http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/
|
|||
|
REC-xml-infoset-20040204/>.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[REC-XML-NAMES] Bray, T., Hollander, D., Layman, A., and R. Tobin,
|
|||
|
"Namespaces in XML 1.0 (Second Edition)", W3C REC-
|
|||
|
xml-names-20060816, August 2006, <http://
|
|||
|
www.w3.org/TR/2006/REC-xml-names-20060816/>.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC2119] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to
|
|||
|
Indicate Requirement Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119,
|
|||
|
March 1997.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC2277] Alvestrand, H., "IETF Policy on Character Sets and
|
|||
|
Languages", BCP 18, RFC 2277, January 1998.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC2616] Fielding, R., Gettys, J., Mogul, J., Frystyk, H.,
|
|||
|
Masinter, L., Leach, P., and T. Berners-Lee,
|
|||
|
"Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1",
|
|||
|
RFC 2616, June 1999.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 114]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC2617] Franks, J., Hallam-Baker, P., Hostetler, J.,
|
|||
|
Lawrence, S., Leach, P., Luotonen, A., and L.
|
|||
|
Stewart, "HTTP Authentication: Basic and Digest
|
|||
|
Access Authentication", RFC 2617, June 1999.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC3339] Klyne, G., Ed. and C. Newman, "Date and Time on
|
|||
|
the Internet: Timestamps", RFC 3339, July 2002.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC3629] Yergeau, F., "UTF-8, a transformation format of
|
|||
|
ISO 10646", STD 63, RFC 3629, November 2003.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC3986] Berners-Lee, T., Fielding, R., and L. Masinter,
|
|||
|
"Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic
|
|||
|
Syntax", STD 66, RFC 3986, January 2005.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC4122] Leach, P., Mealling, M., and R. Salz, "A
|
|||
|
Universally Unique IDentifier (UUID) URN
|
|||
|
Namespace", RFC 4122, July 2005.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
25.2. Informative References
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC2291] Slein, J., Vitali, F., Whitehead, E., and D.
|
|||
|
Durand, "Requirements for a Distributed Authoring
|
|||
|
and Versioning Protocol for the World Wide Web",
|
|||
|
RFC 2291, February 1998.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC2518] Goland, Y., Whitehead, E., Faizi, A., Carter, S.,
|
|||
|
and D. Jensen, "HTTP Extensions for Distributed
|
|||
|
Authoring -- WEBDAV", RFC 2518, February 1999.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC2781] Hoffman, P. and F. Yergeau, "UTF-16, an encoding
|
|||
|
of ISO 10646", RFC 2781, February 2000.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC3023] Murata, M., St. Laurent, S., and D. Kohn, "XML
|
|||
|
Media Types", RFC 3023, January 2001.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC3253] Clemm, G., Amsden, J., Ellison, T., Kaler, C., and
|
|||
|
J. Whitehead, "Versioning Extensions to WebDAV
|
|||
|
(Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning)",
|
|||
|
RFC 3253, March 2002.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC3648] Whitehead, J. and J. Reschke, Ed., "Web
|
|||
|
Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV)
|
|||
|
Ordered Collections Protocol", RFC 3648,
|
|||
|
December 2003.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 115]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC3744] Clemm, G., Reschke, J., Sedlar, E., and J.
|
|||
|
Whitehead, "Web Distributed Authoring and
|
|||
|
Versioning (WebDAV) Access Control Protocol",
|
|||
|
RFC 3744, May 2004.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[RFC3864] Klyne, G., Nottingham, M., and J. Mogul,
|
|||
|
"Registration Procedures for Message Header
|
|||
|
Fields", BCP 90, RFC 3864, September 2004.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 116]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Appendix A. Notes on Processing XML Elements
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A.1. Notes on Empty XML Elements
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XML supports two mechanisms for indicating that an XML element does
|
|||
|
not have any content. The first is to declare an XML element of the
|
|||
|
form <A></A>. The second is to declare an XML element of the form
|
|||
|
<A/>. The two XML elements are semantically identical.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A.2. Notes on Illegal XML Processing
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XML is a flexible data format that makes it easy to submit data that
|
|||
|
appears legal but in fact is not. The philosophy of "Be flexible in
|
|||
|
what you accept and strict in what you send" still applies, but it
|
|||
|
must not be applied inappropriately. XML is extremely flexible in
|
|||
|
dealing with issues of whitespace, element ordering, inserting new
|
|||
|
elements, etc. This flexibility does not require extension,
|
|||
|
especially not in the area of the meaning of elements.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There is no kindness in accepting illegal combinations of XML
|
|||
|
elements. At best, it will cause an unwanted result and at worst it
|
|||
|
can cause real damage.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A.3. Example - XML Syntax Error
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following request body for a PROPFIND method is illegal.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:propfind xmlns:D="DAV:">
|
|||
|
<D:allprop/>
|
|||
|
<D:propname/>
|
|||
|
</D:propfind>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The definition of the propfind element only allows for the allprop or
|
|||
|
the propname element, not both. Thus, the above is an error and must
|
|||
|
be responded to with a 400 (Bad Request).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Imagine, however, that a server wanted to be "kind" and decided to
|
|||
|
pick the allprop element as the true element and respond to it. A
|
|||
|
client running over a bandwidth limited line who intended to execute
|
|||
|
a propname would be in for a big surprise if the server treated the
|
|||
|
command as an allprop.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Additionally, if a server were lenient and decided to reply to this
|
|||
|
request, the results would vary randomly from server to server, with
|
|||
|
some servers executing the allprop directive, and others executing
|
|||
|
the propname directive. This reduces interoperability rather than
|
|||
|
increasing it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 117]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A.4. Example - Unexpected XML Element
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The previous example was illegal because it contained two elements
|
|||
|
that were explicitly banned from appearing together in the propfind
|
|||
|
element. However, XML is an extensible language, so one can imagine
|
|||
|
new elements being defined for use with propfind. Below is the
|
|||
|
request body of a PROPFIND and, like the previous example, must be
|
|||
|
rejected with a 400 (Bad Request) by a server that does not
|
|||
|
understand the expired-props element.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:propfind xmlns:D="DAV:"
|
|||
|
xmlns:E="http://www.example.com/standards/props/">
|
|||
|
<E:expired-props/>
|
|||
|
</D:propfind>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
To understand why a 400 (Bad Request) is returned, let us look at the
|
|||
|
request body as the server unfamiliar with expired-props sees it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:propfind xmlns:D="DAV:"
|
|||
|
xmlns:E="http://www.example.com/standards/props/">
|
|||
|
</D:propfind>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
As the server does not understand the 'expired-props' element,
|
|||
|
according to the WebDAV-specific XML processing rules specified in
|
|||
|
Section 17, it must process the request as if the element were not
|
|||
|
there. Thus, the server sees an empty propfind, which by the
|
|||
|
definition of the propfind element is illegal.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Please note that had the extension been additive, it would not
|
|||
|
necessarily have resulted in a 400 (Bad Request). For example,
|
|||
|
imagine the following request body for a PROPFIND:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
|
|||
|
<D:propfind xmlns:D="DAV:"
|
|||
|
xmlns:E="http://www.example.com/standards/props/">
|
|||
|
<D:propname/>
|
|||
|
<E:leave-out>*boss*</E:leave-out>
|
|||
|
</D:propfind>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The previous example contains the fictitious element leave-out. Its
|
|||
|
purpose is to prevent the return of any property whose name matches
|
|||
|
the submitted pattern. If the previous example were submitted to a
|
|||
|
server unfamiliar with 'leave-out', the only result would be that the
|
|||
|
'leave-out' element would be ignored and a propname would be
|
|||
|
executed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 118]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Appendix B. Notes on HTTP Client Compatibility
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WebDAV was designed to be, and has been found to be, backward-
|
|||
|
compatible with HTTP 1.1. The PUT and DELETE methods are defined in
|
|||
|
HTTP and thus may be used by HTTP clients as well as WebDAV-aware
|
|||
|
clients, but the responses to PUT and DELETE have been extended in
|
|||
|
this specification in ways that only a WebDAV client would be
|
|||
|
entirely prepared for. Some theoretical concerns were raised about
|
|||
|
whether those responses would cause interoperability problems with
|
|||
|
HTTP-only clients, and this section addresses those concerns.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Since any HTTP client ought to handle unrecognized 400-level and 500-
|
|||
|
level status codes as errors, the following new status codes should
|
|||
|
not present any issues: 422, 423, and 507 (424 is also a new status
|
|||
|
code but it appears only in the body of a Multistatus response.) So,
|
|||
|
for example, if an HTTP client attempted to PUT or DELETE a locked
|
|||
|
resource, the 423 Locked response ought to result in a generic error
|
|||
|
presented to the user.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 207 Multistatus response is interesting because an HTTP client
|
|||
|
issuing a DELETE request to a collection might interpret a 207
|
|||
|
response as a success, even though it does not realize the resource
|
|||
|
is a collection and cannot understand that the DELETE operation might
|
|||
|
have been a complete or partial failure. That interpretation isn't
|
|||
|
entirely justified, because a 200-level response indicates that the
|
|||
|
server "received, understood, and accepted" the request, not that the
|
|||
|
request resulted in complete success.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
One option is that a server could treat a DELETE of a collection as
|
|||
|
an atomic operation, and use either 204 No Content in case of
|
|||
|
success, or some appropriate error response (400 or 500 level) for an
|
|||
|
error. This approach would indeed maximize backward compatibility.
|
|||
|
However, since interoperability tests and working group discussions
|
|||
|
have not turned up any instances of HTTP clients issuing a DELETE
|
|||
|
request against a WebDAV collection, this concern is more theoretical
|
|||
|
than practical. Thus, servers are likely to be completely successful
|
|||
|
at interoperating with HTTP clients even if they treat any collection
|
|||
|
DELETE request as a WebDAV request and send a 207 Multi-Status
|
|||
|
response.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In general, server implementations are encouraged to use the detailed
|
|||
|
responses and other mechanisms defined in this document rather than
|
|||
|
make changes for theoretical interoperability concerns.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 119]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Appendix C. The 'opaquelocktoken' Scheme and URIs
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 'opaquelocktoken' URI scheme was defined in [RFC2518] (and
|
|||
|
registered by IANA) in order to create syntactically correct and
|
|||
|
easy-to-generate URIs out of UUIDs, intended to be used as lock
|
|||
|
tokens and to be unique across all resources for all time.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
An opaquelocktoken URI is constructed by concatenating the
|
|||
|
'opaquelocktoken' scheme with a UUID, along with an optional
|
|||
|
extension. Servers can create new UUIDs for each new lock token. If
|
|||
|
a server wishes to reuse UUIDs, the server MUST add an extension, and
|
|||
|
the algorithm generating the extension MUST guarantee that the same
|
|||
|
extension will never be used twice with the associated UUID.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
OpaqueLockToken-URI = "opaquelocktoken:" UUID [Extension]
|
|||
|
; UUID is defined in Section 3 of [RFC4122]. Note that LWS
|
|||
|
; is not allowed between elements of
|
|||
|
; this production.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Extension = path
|
|||
|
; path is defined in Section 3.3 of [RFC3986]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Appendix D. Lock-null Resources
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The original WebDAV model for locking unmapped URLs created "lock-
|
|||
|
null resources". This model was over-complicated and some
|
|||
|
interoperability and implementation problems were discovered. The
|
|||
|
new WebDAV model for locking unmapped URLs (see Section 7.3) creates
|
|||
|
"locked empty resources". Lock-null resources are deprecated. This
|
|||
|
section discusses the original model briefly because clients MUST be
|
|||
|
able to handle either model.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In the original "lock-null resource" model, which is no longer
|
|||
|
recommended for implementation:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o A lock-null resource sometimes appeared as "Not Found". The
|
|||
|
server responds with a 404 or 405 to any method except for PUT,
|
|||
|
MKCOL, OPTIONS, PROPFIND, LOCK, UNLOCK.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o A lock-null resource does however show up as a member of its
|
|||
|
parent collection.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o The server removes the lock-null resource entirely (its URI
|
|||
|
becomes unmapped) if its lock goes away before it is converted to
|
|||
|
a regular resource. Recall that locks go away not only when they
|
|||
|
expire or are unlocked, but are also removed if a resource is
|
|||
|
renamed or moved, or if any parent collection is renamed or moved.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 120]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o The server converts the lock-null resource into a regular resource
|
|||
|
if a PUT request to the URL is successful.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o The server converts the lock-null resource into a collection if a
|
|||
|
MKCOL request to the URL is successful (though interoperability
|
|||
|
experience showed that not all servers followed this requirement).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Property values were defined for DAV:lockdiscovery and DAV:
|
|||
|
supportedlock properties but not necessarily for other properties
|
|||
|
like DAV:getcontenttype.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Clients can easily interoperate both with servers that support the
|
|||
|
old model "lock-null resources" and the recommended model of "locked
|
|||
|
empty resources" by only attempting PUT after a LOCK to an unmapped
|
|||
|
URL, not MKCOL or GET.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
D.1. Guidance for Clients Using LOCK to Create Resources
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A WebDAV client implemented to this specification might find servers
|
|||
|
that create lock-null resources (implemented before this
|
|||
|
specification using [RFC2518]) as well as servers that create locked
|
|||
|
empty resources. The response to the LOCK request will not indicate
|
|||
|
what kind of resource was created. There are a few techniques that
|
|||
|
help the client deal with either type.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the client wishes to avoid accidentally creating either lock-
|
|||
|
null or empty locked resources, an "If-Match: *" header can be
|
|||
|
included with LOCK requests to prevent the server from creating a
|
|||
|
new resource.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a LOCK request creates a resource and the client subsequently
|
|||
|
wants to overwrite that resource using a COPY or MOVE request, the
|
|||
|
client should include an "Overwrite: T" header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a LOCK request creates a resource and the client then decides
|
|||
|
to get rid of that resource, a DELETE request is supposed to fail
|
|||
|
on a lock-null resource and UNLOCK should be used instead. But
|
|||
|
with a locked empty resource, UNLOCK doesn't make the resource
|
|||
|
disappear. Therefore, the client might have to try both requests
|
|||
|
and ignore an error in one of the two requests.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Appendix E. Guidance for Clients Desiring to Authenticate
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Many WebDAV clients that have already been implemented have account
|
|||
|
settings (similar to the way email clients store IMAP account
|
|||
|
settings). Thus, the WebDAV client would be able to authenticate
|
|||
|
with its first couple requests to the server, provided it had a way
|
|||
|
to get the authentication challenge from the server with realm name,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 121]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nonce, and other challenge information. Note that the results of
|
|||
|
some requests might vary according to whether or not the client is
|
|||
|
authenticated -- a PROPFIND might return more visible resources if
|
|||
|
the client is authenticated, yet not fail if the client is anonymous.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There are a number of ways the client might be able to trigger the
|
|||
|
server to provide an authentication challenge. This appendix
|
|||
|
describes a couple approaches that seem particularly likely to work.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The first approach is to perform a request that ought to require
|
|||
|
authentication. However, it's possible that a server might handle
|
|||
|
any request even without authentication, so to be entirely safe, the
|
|||
|
client could add a conditional header to ensure that even if the
|
|||
|
request passes permissions checks, it's not actually handled by the
|
|||
|
server. An example of following this approach would be to use a PUT
|
|||
|
request with an "If-Match" header with a made-up ETag value. This
|
|||
|
approach might fail to result in an authentication challenge if the
|
|||
|
server does not test authorization before testing conditionals as is
|
|||
|
required (see Section 8.5), or if the server does not need to test
|
|||
|
authorization.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example - forcing auth challenge with write request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PUT /forceauth.txt HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
If-Match: "xxx"
|
|||
|
Content-Type: text/plain
|
|||
|
Content-Length: 0
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The second approach is to use an Authorization header (defined in
|
|||
|
[RFC2617]), which is likely to be rejected by the server but which
|
|||
|
will then prompt a proper authentication challenge. For example, the
|
|||
|
client could start with a PROPFIND request containing an
|
|||
|
Authorization header containing a made-up Basic userid:password
|
|||
|
string or with actual plausible credentials. This approach relies on
|
|||
|
the server responding with a "401 Unauthorized" along with a
|
|||
|
challenge if it receives an Authorization header with an unrecognized
|
|||
|
username, invalid password, or if it doesn't even handle Basic
|
|||
|
authentication. This seems likely to work because of the
|
|||
|
requirements of RFC 2617:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 122]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
"If the origin server does not wish to accept the credentials sent
|
|||
|
with a request, it SHOULD return a 401 (Unauthorized) response. The
|
|||
|
response MUST include a WWW-Authenticate header field containing at
|
|||
|
least one (possibly new) challenge applicable to the requested
|
|||
|
resource."
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There's a slight problem with implementing that recommendation in
|
|||
|
some cases, because some servers do not even have challenge
|
|||
|
information for certain resources. Thus, when there's no way to
|
|||
|
authenticate to a resource or the resource is entirely publicly
|
|||
|
available over all accepted methods, the server MAY ignore the
|
|||
|
Authorization header, and the client will presumably try again later.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example - forcing auth challenge with Authorization header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
>>Request
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PROPFIND /docs/ HTTP/1.1
|
|||
|
Host: www.example.com
|
|||
|
Authorization: Basic QWxhZGRpbjpvcGVuIHNlc2FtZQ==
|
|||
|
Content-type: application/xml; charset="utf-8"
|
|||
|
Content-Length: xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[body omitted]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Appendix F. Summary of Changes from RFC 2518
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This section lists major changes between this document and RFC 2518,
|
|||
|
starting with those that are likely to result in implementation
|
|||
|
changes. Servers will advertise support for all changes in this
|
|||
|
specification by returning the compliance class "3" in the DAV
|
|||
|
response header (see Sections 10.1 and 18.3).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
F.1. Changes for Both Client and Server Implementations
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Collections and Namespace Operations
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o The semantics of PROPFIND 'allprop' (Section 9.1) have been
|
|||
|
relaxed so that servers return results including, at a minimum,
|
|||
|
the live properties defined in this specification, but not
|
|||
|
necessarily return other live properties. The 'allprop' directive
|
|||
|
therefore means something more like "return all properties that
|
|||
|
are supposed to be returned when 'allprop' is requested" -- a set
|
|||
|
of properties that may include custom properties and properties
|
|||
|
defined in other specifications if those other specifications so
|
|||
|
require. Related to this, 'allprop' requests can now be extended
|
|||
|
with the 'include' syntax to include specific named properties,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 123]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
thereby avoiding additional requests due to changed 'allprop'
|
|||
|
semantics.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Servers are now allowed to reject PROPFIND requests with Depth:
|
|||
|
Infinity. Clients that used this will need to be able to do a
|
|||
|
series of Depth:1 requests instead.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Multi-Status response bodies now can transport the value of HTTP's
|
|||
|
Location response header in the new 'location' element. Clients
|
|||
|
may use this to avoid additional roundtrips to the server when
|
|||
|
there is a 'response' element with a 3xx status (see
|
|||
|
Section 14.24).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o The definition of COPY has been relaxed so that it doesn't require
|
|||
|
servers to first delete the target resources anymore (this was a
|
|||
|
known incompatibility with [RFC3253]). See Section 9.8.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Headers and Marshalling
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o The Destination and If request headers now allow absolute paths in
|
|||
|
addition to full URIs (see Section 8.3). This may be useful for
|
|||
|
clients operating through a reverse proxy that does rewrite the
|
|||
|
Host request header, but not WebDAV-specific headers.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o This specification adopts the error marshalling extensions and the
|
|||
|
"precondition/postcondition" terminology defined in [RFC3253] (see
|
|||
|
Section 16). Related to that, it adds the "error" XML element
|
|||
|
inside multistatus response bodies (see Section 14.5, however note
|
|||
|
that it uses a format different from the one recommended in RFC
|
|||
|
3253).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Senders and recipients are now required to support the UTF-16
|
|||
|
character encoding in XML message bodies (see Section 19).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Clients are now required to send the Depth header on PROPFIND
|
|||
|
requests, although servers are still encouraged to support clients
|
|||
|
that don't.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Locking
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o RFC 2518's concept of "lock-null resources" (LNRs) has been
|
|||
|
replaced by a simplified approach, the "locked empty resources"
|
|||
|
(see Section 7.3). There are some aspects of lock-null resources
|
|||
|
clients cannot rely on anymore, namely, the ability to use them to
|
|||
|
create a locked collection or the fact that they disappear upon
|
|||
|
UNLOCK when no PUT or MKCOL request was issued. Note that servers
|
|||
|
are still allowed to implement LNRs as per RFC 2518.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 124]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o There is no implicit refresh of locks anymore. Locks are only
|
|||
|
refreshed upon explicit request (see Section 9.10.2).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Clarified that the DAV:owner value supplied in the LOCK request
|
|||
|
must be preserved by the server just like a dead property
|
|||
|
(Section 14.17). Also added the DAV:lockroot element
|
|||
|
(Section 14.12), which allows clients to discover the root of
|
|||
|
lock.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
F.2. Changes for Server Implementations
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Collections and Namespace Operations
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Due to interoperability problems, allowable formats for contents
|
|||
|
of 'href' elements in multistatus responses have been limited (see
|
|||
|
Section 8.3).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Due to lack of implementation, support for the 'propertybehavior'
|
|||
|
request body for COPY and MOVE has been removed. Instead,
|
|||
|
requirements for property preservation have been clarified (see
|
|||
|
Sections 9.8 and 9.9).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Properties
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Strengthened server requirements for storage of property values,
|
|||
|
in particular persistence of language information (xml:lang),
|
|||
|
whitespace, and XML namespace information (see Section 4.3).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Clarified requirements on which properties should be writable by
|
|||
|
the client; in particular, setting "DAV:displayname" should be
|
|||
|
supported by servers (see Section 15).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Only 'rfc1123-date' productions are legal as values for DAV:
|
|||
|
getlastmodified (see Section 15.7).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Headers and Marshalling
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Servers are now required to do authorization checks before
|
|||
|
processing conditional headers (see Section 8.5).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Locking
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Strengthened requirement to check identity of lock creator when
|
|||
|
accessing locked resources (see Section 6.4). Clients should be
|
|||
|
aware that lock tokens returned to other principals can only be
|
|||
|
used to break a lock, if at all.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 125]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
o Section 8.10.4 of [RFC2518] incorrectly required servers to return
|
|||
|
a 409 status where a 207 status was really appropriate. This has
|
|||
|
been corrected (Section 9.10).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
F.3. Other Changes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The definition of collection state has been fixed so it doesn't vary
|
|||
|
anymore depending on the Request-URI (see Section 5.2).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The DAV:source property introduced in Section 4.6 of [RFC2518] was
|
|||
|
removed due to lack of implementation experience.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The DAV header now allows non-IETF extensions through URIs in
|
|||
|
addition to compliance class tokens. It also can now be used in
|
|||
|
requests, although this specification does not define any associated
|
|||
|
semantics for the compliance classes defined in here (see
|
|||
|
Section 10.1).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In RFC 2518, the definition of the Depth header (Section 9.2)
|
|||
|
required that, by default, request headers would be applied to each
|
|||
|
resource in scope. Based on implementation experience, the default
|
|||
|
has now been reversed (see Section 10.2).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The definitions of HTTP status code 102 ([RFC2518], Section 10.1) and
|
|||
|
the Status-URI response header (Section 9.7) have been removed due to
|
|||
|
lack of implementation.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The TimeType format used in the Timeout request header and the
|
|||
|
"timeout" XML element used to be extensible. Now, only the two
|
|||
|
formats defined by this specification are allowed (see Section 10.7).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Author's Address
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Lisa Dusseault (editor)
|
|||
|
CommerceNet
|
|||
|
2064 Edgewood Dr.
|
|||
|
Palo Alto, CA 94303
|
|||
|
US
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EMail: ldusseault@commerce.net
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 126]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFC 4918 WebDAV June 2007
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Full Copyright Statement
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Copyright (C) The IETF Trust (2007).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This document is subject to the rights, licenses and restrictions
|
|||
|
contained in BCP 78, and except as set forth therein, the authors
|
|||
|
retain all their rights.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This document and the information contained herein are provided on an
|
|||
|
"AS IS" basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR, THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS
|
|||
|
OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY, THE IETF TRUST AND
|
|||
|
THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
|
|||
|
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF
|
|||
|
THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED
|
|||
|
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Intellectual Property
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
|
|||
|
Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed to
|
|||
|
pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in
|
|||
|
this document or the extent to which any license under such rights
|
|||
|
might or might not be available; nor does it represent that it has
|
|||
|
made any independent effort to identify any such rights. Information
|
|||
|
on the procedures with respect to rights in RFC documents can be
|
|||
|
found in BCP 78 and BCP 79.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any
|
|||
|
assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an
|
|||
|
attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of
|
|||
|
such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this
|
|||
|
specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR repository at
|
|||
|
http://www.ietf.org/ipr.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any
|
|||
|
copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary
|
|||
|
rights that may cover technology that may be required to implement
|
|||
|
this standard. Please address the information to the IETF at
|
|||
|
ietf-ipr@ietf.org.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Acknowledgement
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Funding for the RFC Editor function is currently provided by the
|
|||
|
Internet Society.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dusseault Standards Track [Page 127]
|
|||
|
|